WO2015106654A1 - Method for sending and detecting synchronisation information, and user device - Google Patents

Method for sending and detecting synchronisation information, and user device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015106654A1
WO2015106654A1 PCT/CN2015/070391 CN2015070391W WO2015106654A1 WO 2015106654 A1 WO2015106654 A1 WO 2015106654A1 CN 2015070391 W CN2015070391 W CN 2015070391W WO 2015106654 A1 WO2015106654 A1 WO 2015106654A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
synchronization
information
channel
sending device
source
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/070391
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈文洪
赵锐
高秋彬
彭莹
Original Assignee
电信科学技术研究院
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 电信科学技术研究院 filed Critical 电信科学技术研究院
Publication of WO2015106654A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015106654A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001Synchronization between nodes
    • H04W56/002Mutual synchronization
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001Synchronization between nodes

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a method for transmitting and detecting synchronization information and a user equipment.
  • Device-to-device which is a terminal-through technology, refers to a user equipment (User Equipment, UE; also called a terminal) that can transmit data through a direct link in a short range. There is no need to forward through the central node (ie base station), see Figure 1.
  • UE User Equipment
  • LTE D2D technology refers to D2D discovery and D2D communication processes that operate on the licensed frequency band of the LTE network and are controlled by the LTE network.
  • the LTE D2D technology can not only fully utilize the advantages of the D2D technology, but also control the LTE network to overcome some problems of the traditional D2D technology, such as uncontrollable interference.
  • the introduction of LTE D2D technology will enable LTE technology to evolve from pure wireless mobile cellular communication technology to "Universal Connectivity Technology".
  • D2D transmission includes D2D discovery or D2D communication, and the UE first needs to synchronize before performing D2D transmission.
  • the UE obtains a synchronization reference for transmitting the D2D signal according to the synchronization signal transmitted by the reference synchronization source.
  • the UE sends the D2D signal, it can simultaneously transmit its own determined synchronization signal to provide synchronization reference for other UEs.
  • the UE may also send a synchronization channel, and carry some synchronization information, such as configuration information of the D2D resource or related information of the reference synchronization source, in the synchronization channel.
  • Figure 2 contains several typical D2D transmission scenarios: D2D transmission within a cell, inter-cell D2D transmission, partial network coverage D2D transmission, and no network coverage D2D transmission.
  • the UE in the cell obtains the synchronization with the network side, and the reference synchronization source of the UE is the evolved Node B (eNB, ie, the base station in the LTE system), therefore, the UE
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • the UE The synchronization between the two can be acquired according to the synchronization with the network side, so that the D2D transmission is performed on the synchronous discovery resource (that is, the resource used in the D2D discovery process), and the D2D resource configuration used can also be obtained from the network side.
  • the synchronous discovery resource that is, the resource used in the D2D discovery process
  • the UEs of different cells are also not synchronized, and the UE may not know the D2D resources used by the neighboring cells. At this time, the UE cannot directly communicate with the UEs of the neighboring cells.
  • Perform D2D discovery or D2D communication The UE needs to obtain the timing reference of the neighboring cell from the eNB of the neighboring cell or the UE of the neighboring cell through the synchronization signal sent by the neighboring cell, or obtain the resource configuration information of the neighboring cell from the UE of the neighboring cell through the synchronization channel, so that the inter-cell can be performed. D2D communication.
  • the UE outside the coverage area and the UE in the coverage area are not synchronously transmitted, which may cause serious mutual interference.
  • the UE in the coverage area can forward the synchronization information and the D2D resource configuration information in the coverage area to the UE outside the coverage area through the synchronization signal and the synchronization channel, so that the UE outside the coverage area can also be synchronized based on the coverage area.
  • the information and the D2D resource configuration information are transmitted with the UEs in the coverage area to reduce interference caused by the unsynchronization.
  • each synchronization information can be transmitted through the synchronization signal and the synchronization channel to synchronize the communication parties.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending and detecting synchronization information and a user equipment, thereby providing a scheme for transmitting and detecting synchronization information in a D2D application scenario.
  • a method for transmitting synchronization information comprising:
  • the transmitting device sends a synchronization signal
  • the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, determining, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and in the agreed physical
  • the determined synchronization information is transmitted over the synchronization channel on the resource.
  • the sending device determines whether to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the network and the information of the reference synchronization source, which specifically includes:
  • the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the transmitting device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or,
  • the sending device determines to send on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. Synchronize information; or,
  • the sending device determines that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the transmitting device determines not to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the sending device determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status of the network and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
  • the sending device determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the transmitting device carries the information according to the reference synchronization source and the synchronization channel.
  • Corresponding relationship of the synchronization information determining the synchronization information to be sent in the synchronization channel; or determining, by the transmitting device, the correspondence between the network connection state and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, Synchronization information transmitted in the synchronization channel.
  • the sending device determines, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, including:
  • the sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel;
  • the sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel;
  • the sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel;
  • the length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the sending device adds zeros to the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • a method for detecting synchronization information comprising:
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization signal
  • the receiving device After detecting the synchronization signal, the receiving device detects synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the receiving device determines, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference that is used by the device to transmit or receive the device to the device D2D signal.
  • the receiving device determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself; or
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed a set threshold; or
  • the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
  • the method further includes: acquiring synchronization information on the synchronization channel; and acquiring, by the receiving device, synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; wherein the information length of the synchronization channel is N Bit, N is a positive integer. That is, the receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the receiving device according to the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  • determining synchronization information on the synchronization channel or determining, by the receiving device, the correspondence between the network connection state and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, determining the synchronization channel Synchronization information.
  • the receiving device acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel by detecting the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel; or
  • the receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel by detecting the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel; or
  • the receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the detected synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel;
  • the length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • a transmitting device for synchronizing information comprising:
  • a sending module configured to send a synchronization signal
  • a first processing module configured to determine whether to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to a network connection state of the sending device and/or information of a reference synchronization source;
  • a second processing module configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, that the first processing module determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel,
  • the synchronization information transmitted in the synchronization channel is transmitted, and the determined synchronization information is transmitted through the synchronization channel on an agreed physical resource.
  • the first processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the device If the device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is another user equipment or GPS other than itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device does not exceed the set threshold, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is not itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device exceeds the set threshold, it is determined that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the second processing module is specifically configured to:
  • synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel is determined; or, according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the need is determined.
  • Synchronization information transmitted in the synchronization channel; or, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel is determined.
  • the second processing module is specifically configured to:
  • Indicating the synchronization channel by using synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel The meaning of the synchronization information of the last Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or the synchronization information of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel, indicating the meaning of the synchronization information of the first Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or And indicating, by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel, the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; where the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, N Is a positive integer.
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the second processing module is further configured to:
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is padded with zeros, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • a device for detecting synchronization information comprising:
  • a first detecting module configured to detect a synchronization signal
  • a second detecting module configured to: after the first detecting module detects the synchronization signal, detect synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • a processing module configured to determine, according to whether the second detection module detects the synchronization information, information about a network connection state of a sending device that sends a synchronization signal and/or a reference synchronization source;
  • the second detecting module detects the synchronization information, and determines, according to the synchronization information, the synchronization reference used by the detecting device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
  • processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
  • the second detection module detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or ,
  • the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed the set threshold; or
  • the second detection module does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
  • the second detection module does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold.
  • the processing module is further configured to acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel after the second detection module detects the synchronization information;
  • the processing module acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel is determined.
  • Synchronization The synchronization information carried in the channel; or the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  • the processing module acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the second detection module obtains, by the second detection module, the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel, the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining Nk bits in the synchronization channel; wherein the information carried by the synchronization channel
  • the length is N bits and N is a positive integer.
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • a user equipment comprising a transceiver and at least one processor coupled to the transceiver, wherein:
  • the user equipment is a sending device for synchronization information
  • the transceiver is configured to transmit a synchronization signal
  • the processor is configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and if it is determined to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel, Determining, according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and triggering the transceiver to transmit the determined physical channel through the synchronization channel. Synchronization information.
  • the processor is configured to specifically:
  • the user equipment is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user equipment is currently located in the network If the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device, the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the user equipment is Determining, by the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is other than itself Determining, by the user equipment or the GPS, that the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the current synchronization number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is
  • the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is not itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user equipment is If the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source exceeds the set threshold, it is determined that the synchronization information is not transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the processor is configured to specifically:
  • the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel Determining, according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; wherein the information length of the synchronization channel is N bits. N is a positive integer.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • Zeroing is performed after the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • the user equipment is a detection device for synchronization information
  • the transceiver is configured to detect a synchronization signal; after detecting the synchronization signal, detecting synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the processor is configured to determine, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, a network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or information of a reference synchronization source; if the transceiver detects the synchronization information, according to the The synchronization information determines the synchronization reference used by the user equipment to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
  • the processor determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
  • the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located in a network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the synchronization information is detected, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself; or
  • the synchronization information is not detected, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds a set threshold.
  • the processor is further configured to acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel after the transceiver detects the synchronization information;
  • the processor acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel is determined.
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined; or the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  • the processor acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a scheme for transmitting synchronization information in a D2D application scenario.
  • the sending device may determine whether to send on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the network and/or the information of the reference synchronization source. Synchronizing information, and determining that synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel is determined according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source when determining to transmit synchronization information on the synchronization channel; thus, it is possible to transfer itself between user equipments
  • the synchronization information is used to expand the synchronization range.
  • different network connection states and/or information of the reference synchronization source correspond to different synchronization information, so that different user equipments can use different synchronization channels of the same structure to carry different
  • the synchronization information reduces the detection complexity of the receiving device while ensuring the flexibility of the transmitted synchronization information.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a path for data transmission using D2D technology in the background art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a D2D transmission scenario provided in the background art
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending synchronization information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for detecting synchronization information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of Embodiment 1 provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of Embodiment 2 provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for sending synchronization information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a synchronization information detecting apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 A method for sending synchronization information provided by an embodiment of the present application is shown in FIG. 3, and the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 31 The sending device sends a synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization signal sent in this step is used to synchronize with other user equipment.
  • the sending device may determine the synchronization signal that is sent by itself according to the synchronization reference that is obtained from the reference synchronization source.
  • the reference synchronization source may be a network side device (such as a base station, an eNB in an LTE system), or another user equipment. It can be a Global Positioning System (GPS) or a transmitting device itself.
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • the physical resource used by the sending device to send the synchronization signal may be a pre-agreed physical resource, or may be a physical resource determined according to a physical resource used by the reference synchronization source to send the synchronization signal.
  • Step 32 The sending device determines, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the network connection status of the sending device includes two states: the sending device is located in the network connection and the sending device is located outside the network connection;
  • the information of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device includes but is not limited to at least one of the following information: a type of the reference synchronization source used to indicate the sending device (eg, network side device, other user equipment, sending) Information of the device itself, GPS, etc., information indicating the number of times the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is currently forwarded.
  • a type of the reference synchronization source used to indicate the sending device eg, network side device, other user equipment, sending
  • Information of the device itself eg., GPS, etc.
  • the sending device determines whether to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, so that the receiving device can detect whether the synchronization device detects the synchronization channel according to the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization information is used to know the network connection status of the transmitting device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source.
  • Step 33 When the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, according to the network connection status of the network and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel is determined, and the synchronization is performed on the agreed physical resource.
  • the channel transmits the determined synchronization information. That is, if the transmitting device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, it determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, and synchronizes on the agreed physical resources.
  • the channel transmits the determined synchronization information.
  • the transmitting device with different network connection status and/or reference synchronization source information may carry the same synchronization information in the synchronization channel when transmitting the synchronization channel, or may carry different synchronization information in the synchronization channel.
  • the sending device sends a synchronization signal, determines whether the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and the sending device determines, according to its own network connection state and/or reference synchronization, when the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel.
  • the source information determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and sends the determined synchronization information through the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource, thereby providing a transmission scheme of the synchronization information in the D2D application scenario, and the sending device Determining whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, and determining synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, so that it can be between user equipments. Pass your own synchronization information to expand the synchronization range.
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
  • the radio frame and/or subframe number where the synchronization channel is located
  • the indication information indicating the type of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • Synchronization maintenance time information indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • step 32 the transmitting device determines whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, including the following seven preferred methods:
  • the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device, the transmitting device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
  • the radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device
  • the indication that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device
  • Mode 2 When the sending device is located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device, the sending device sends the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the transmission is set If the reference synchronization source that is currently located outside the network connection and the transmitting device is the network side device, the sending device sends the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
  • the radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device
  • the indication that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device
  • Mode 3 When the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is itself, the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is itself, the transmitting device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
  • the radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device
  • the reference synchronization source used to indicate the sending device is the indication information of the sending device itself;
  • Synchronization maintenance time information indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • Mode 4 When the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS, the sending device determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is another user equipment or GPS, the transmitting device determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
  • the radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device
  • Synchronization maintenance time information indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • Mode 5 When the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device does not exceed the set threshold, the sending device sends the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed the set threshold, the transmitting device sends the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
  • the radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device
  • the transmitting device determines that the synchronization information is not transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds the set threshold, the transmitting device determines that the synchronization information is not transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the sending device may determine whether to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to any one of the foregoing manners 1-7. It should be noted that only a few preferred embodiments are provided in the above, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the foregoing manner, and may also include other manners, such as when the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the sending device corresponds to the synchronization signal.
  • the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel; for example, when the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, the sending device determines that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; and the like.
  • the structure of the synchronization channel sent by different user equipments ie, user equipments having different network connection states and/or information of reference synchronization sources
  • the synchronization channels transmitted by different user equipments have the same bit length (denoted as N).
  • the sending device determines, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, including :
  • the sending device determines, according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, where the information length of the synchronization channel is N bits, N Is a positive integer.
  • the correspondence between the network connection status and/or the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel includes: a correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or, the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization channel The correspondence between the carried synchronization information; or the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  • different network connection states and/or information of the reference synchronization source correspond to different synchronization information, so that different user equipments can use the same structure of the synchronization channel to carry different synchronization information, and the transmission is guaranteed.
  • the detection complexity of the receiving device is also reduced, that is, the receiving device uses the same length for detecting the synchronization channel.
  • the sending device may implicitly indicate the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the k bits in the synchronization channel, and specifically includes the following three implementation manners:
  • Manner 1 The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel.
  • the first k bit information carried in the synchronization channel includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device, thereby connecting the states through different networks.
  • Information and/or information of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device implicitly indicating the meaning of the synchronization information of the last Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel, so that the receiving device can be based on the synchronization channel after detecting the synchronization channel
  • the synchronization information of the first k bits is used to obtain the meaning of the synchronization information of the Nk bits, thereby determining the synchronization information of the Nk bits.
  • the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel indicates that the sending device is located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device
  • the synchronization information of the last Nk bits is the D2D of the serving cell where the sending device is located.
  • Manner 2 The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits of the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel.
  • the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the transmitting device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits of the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel.
  • the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the transmitting device adds zeros to the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a method for detecting synchronization information.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 41 The receiving device detects the synchronization signal.
  • Step 42 After detecting the synchronization signal, the receiving device detects synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and the receiving device determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or the reference synchronization source. information.
  • the network connection status of the sending device includes two states: the sending device is located in the network connection and the sending device is located outside the network connection;
  • the information of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device includes but is not limited to at least one of the following information: information indicating the type of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device (such as the network side device, other user devices, the transmitting device itself, GPS, etc.) And information for indicating the number of times the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is currently forwarded.
  • Step 43 When detecting the synchronization information, the receiving device determines, according to the detected synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the receiving device to transmit or receive the device to the device D2D signal. That is, if the receiving device detects the synchronization information, the receiving device determines, according to the detected synchronization information, the synchronization reference used by the receiving device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization signal; after detecting the synchronization signal, the receiving device detects the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and determines the network connection status of the sending device that sends the synchronization signal according to whether the synchronization information is detected. And/or referring to information of the synchronization source; upon detecting the synchronization information, the receiving device determines, according to the detected synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the receiving device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
  • a detection scheme for synchronizing information in a D2D application scenario is provided, and the receiving device can learn the network connection status of the transmitting device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source according to whether the synchronization information is detected, and according to the detected synchronization information.
  • the synchronization reference used by the receiving device to transmit or receive the D2D signal is determined, thereby ensuring synchronization of the D2D transmission of the transmitting device and the receiving device, and expanding the synchronization range.
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
  • the radio frame and/or subframe number where the synchronization channel is located
  • the indication information indicating the type of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • Synchronization maintenance time information indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • step 42 the receiving device determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including the following seven preferred modes:
  • Mode A If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device. For details, refer to the foregoing manner 1.
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device. For details, refer to the foregoing mode 2.
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the transmitting device itself. For details, refer to the foregoing manner 3.
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself. 4.
  • the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection of the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is not If the threshold is exceeded, refer to the above method 5.
  • the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the reference synchronization source of the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is not the transmitting device itself and the sending device is located outside the network connection. For details, refer to the foregoing manner 6.
  • the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal exceeds the set threshold. For details, refer to the foregoing manner 7.
  • the receiving device may determine the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source according to any one of the foregoing manners A to G. It should be noted that only a few preferred embodiments are provided in the foregoing. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to the foregoing manner, and may also include other manners. If the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined to send the synchronization signal.
  • the reference synchronization source of the device is not the transmitting device itself; for example, if the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is outside the network connection; if, for example, the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined to send the The current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device of the synchronization signal exceeds the set threshold; and so on.
  • the structure of the synchronization channel sent by different user equipments ie, user equipments having different network connection states and/or information of reference synchronization sources
  • the synchronization channels transmitted by different user equipments have the same bit length (denoted as N).
  • the method further includes: acquiring synchronization information on the synchronization channel, where the receiving device acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  • the receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  • the receiving device determines the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel. Synchronizing information on the synchronization channel; or determining, by the receiving device, the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel Synchronization information on the synchronization channel.
  • the information length of the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  • the receiving device acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, and includes the following three preferred implementation manners:
  • the receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel by detecting the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel; or
  • the receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the last k bits in the detected synchronization channel; or
  • the receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the detected synchronization channel;
  • the information carried by the synchronization channel has a length of N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  • the synchronization information of the remaining Nk bits can be implicitly indicated by the synchronization information of the k bits in the synchronization channel, thereby reducing the detection complexity of the receiving device, that is, the receiving device uses the same length. Detection of the synchronization channel.
  • the synchronization information of the k bits in the synchronization channel includes information indicating a network connection state of the transmitting device transmitting the synchronization signal and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the receiving device determines the synchronization channel.
  • the synchronization information of the last Nk bits includes D2D resource configuration information; or
  • the receiving device determines the last Nk of the synchronization channel.
  • the synchronization information of the bits includes the current forwarding number information of the synchronization signal; or
  • the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel detected by the receiving device indicates that the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal is the network side device and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source does not exceed the set threshold, Then the receiving device determines the last Nk bits of the synchronization channel
  • the synchronization information includes D2D resource configuration information; or,
  • the receiving device determines that the synchronization information of the last Nk bits of the synchronization channel includes the Referring to the synchronization maintenance time information of the synchronization source or the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source; or
  • the receiving device determines that the synchronization information of the last Nk bits of the synchronization channel includes the transmission.
  • Embodiment 1 It is assumed that both UE1 and UE2 are within the network coverage and belong to different cells that are synchronized; UE3 and UE4 are outside the network coverage.
  • the UE1, the UE2, and the UE3 send a synchronization signal, and the UE4 receives the synchronization signal. For details, see FIG.
  • UE1 to UE3 respectively send synchronization signals on the agreed physical resources according to the synchronization reference obtained from the reference synchronization source.
  • UE1 and UE2 obtain synchronization references from downlink synchronization signals of cell 1 and cell 2, respectively; and synchronization reference obtained by UE3 from GPS.
  • the UE1 to the UE3 determine whether to transmit the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the information of the network connection state and/or the reference synchronization source, and determine the need when the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. Synchronization information sent on the synchronization channel.
  • the UE in the network coverage transmits the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and the synchronization channel carries the D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell of the UE and the radio frame and subframe number of the transmitted synchronization channel;
  • the UE outside the network coverage does not transmit the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • UE1 and UE2 determine to transmit synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the above principle, and the synchronization frame carries the radio frame and subframe number where the synchronization channel is located, and UE1 and UE2 D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell in which it is located;
  • the UE3 determines that the synchronization information is not transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the above principle.
  • the UE1 to the UE2 generate synchronization information according to the determined synchronization information, and send the generated synchronization information through the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource.
  • the UE4 detects the synchronization signals sent by the UE1 to the UE3, and detects the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to each synchronization signal.
  • the UE4 detects the synchronization information sent by the UE1 and the UE2, and determines that the UE1 and the UE2 are the UEs in the network coverage, and the information carried in the synchronization channel is the radio frame and the subframe number where the synchronization channel is located, and the serving cell where the UE1 and the UE2 are located. D2D resource configuration information; UE4 does not detect the synchronization information sent by UE3, and determines that UE3 is a UE outside the network coverage.
  • the UE4 obtains the D2D resource configuration information of the cell in which the cell is located according to the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signals of the UE1 and the UE2, and obtains the synchronization reference in combination with the synchronization signal, and detects the D2D signal on the corresponding D2D resource.
  • the UE4 detects the D2D signal on the agreed physical resources of the UE outside the network coverage according to the synchronization reference obtained by the synchronization signal of the UE3.
  • Embodiment 2 It is assumed that UE1 is within the network coverage and belongs to the cell 1; UE2, UE3, and UE4 are outside the network coverage. The UE1, the UE2, and the UE3 send a synchronization signal, and the UE4 receives the synchronization signal. For details, refer to FIG. 6.
  • UE1 to UE3 respectively send synchronization signals on the agreed physical resources according to the synchronization reference obtained from the reference synchronization source.
  • UE1 and UE2 obtain synchronization reference from cell 1 and cell 2, respectively; and synchronization reference obtained by UE3 from the cluster head UE.
  • cluster head in a cluster adjacent to each other to transmit a synchronization signal, so that surrounding UEs can synchronize with each other to obtain D2D transmission.
  • the UE1 to the UE3 determine the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status and/or the information of the reference synchronization source.
  • the UE1 is in the network coverage, and the reference synchronization source is the eNB, and the synchronization channel carries the same.
  • the UE3 is not in the network coverage, and its reference synchronization source is the cluster head UE, and the synchronization channel carries the synchronization maintenance time information of the reference synchronization source of the UE3.
  • UE1 to UE3 generate corresponding synchronization information, and send the generated synchronization information through the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource; specifically, the structure of the synchronization information sent in the synchronization channel is as shown in Table 1:
  • N-k bits in the synchronization channel is less than N-k bits, zero-padding is performed after the synchronization information until N-k bits.
  • the UE4 detects the synchronization signals sent by the UE1 to the UE3, and detects the synchronization channel of the N-bit length corresponding to each synchronization signal.
  • the UE4 learns the information about the reference synchronization source of the UE1 to UE3 or the network connection status according to the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel, and determines the indication content of the synchronization information of the following N-k bits.
  • the complete synchronization information of the N bits transmitted by UE1 to UE3 is known.
  • UE4 detects the synchronization channel of UE1, and determines that UE1 is a UE within the network coverage according to the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel, and learns that the synchronization information of the last Nk bits in the synchronization channel is the wireless location of the synchronization channel.
  • Frame and subframe number, and D2D resources of the serving cell where UE1 is located Source configuration information;
  • the UE4 detects the synchronization channel of the UE2, and determines that the UE2 is a UE outside the network coverage according to the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel, and the reference synchronization source is the eNB, and learns the synchronization of the Nk bits in the synchronization channel.
  • the information is the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source (and the corresponding zero padding);
  • UE4 detects the synchronization channel of UE3, and determines that UE3 is a UE outside the network coverage according to the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel, and the reference synchronization source is the UE, and learns the synchronization of the last Nk bits in the synchronization channel.
  • the information is the synchronization maintenance time information (and the corresponding zero padding bits) of the reference synchronization source.
  • the UE4 determines, according to the obtained synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the UE to transmit and receive the synchronization signal and the D2D signal, and determines, according to the obtained D2D resource configuration information, the physical resource used by the D2D signal to receive the cell.
  • the above method processing flow can be implemented by a software program, which can be stored in a storage medium, and when the stored software program is called, the above method steps are performed.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a device for transmitting synchronization information. Since the principle of solving the problem is similar to the method for transmitting synchronization information shown in FIG. 3, the implementation of the device can be referred to the method. Implementation, repetition will not be repeated.
  • a device for sending synchronization information includes:
  • a sending module 71 configured to send a synchronization signal
  • the first processing module 72 is configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, whether to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the second processing module 73 is configured to determine, when the first processing module 72 determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, the synchronization that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source.
  • the determined synchronization information is transmitted through the synchronization channel on the information and the agreed physical resources. That is, if the first processing module 72 determines to transmit synchronization information on the synchronization channel, the second processing module 73 determines, according to the network connection status of the transmitting device itself and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, that the synchronization channel needs to be determined. Synchronization information sent in, and in the agreed physical assets The determined synchronization information is transmitted on the source through the synchronization channel.
  • the first processing module 72 is specifically configured to:
  • the device If the device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is the transmitting device itself, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the transmitting device itself, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device does not exceed the set threshold, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the device If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is not the transmitting device itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device exceeds the set threshold, it is determined that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  • the second processing module 73 is specifically configured to:
  • the second processing module 73 determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the second processing module 73 is based on the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization channel.
  • the second processing module 73 is specifically configured to:
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the second processing module 73 is further configured to:
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is followed by zeros, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a synchronization information detecting apparatus. Since the principle of solving the problem is similar to the method of detecting the synchronization information shown in FIG. 4, the implementation of the apparatus can be referred to the method. Implementation, repetition will not be repeated.
  • a synchronization information detecting apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
  • a first detecting module 81 configured to detect a synchronization signal
  • the second detecting module 82 is configured to detect synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal after the first detection module 81 detects the synchronization signal;
  • the processing module 83 is configured to determine, according to whether the synchronization information is detected by the second detection module 82, the network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source; and the second detection module 82 detects the location
  • the synchronization reference used by the detection device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal is determined based on the synchronization information.
  • the processing module 83 determines, according to whether the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, the network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source; and if the second detection module detects 82 to the synchronization information, the processing module 83 determines, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the detection device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
  • processing module 83 is specifically configured to:
  • the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
  • the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or ,
  • the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed the set threshold; or
  • the second detection module 82 does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
  • the second detection module 82 does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds a set threshold.
  • the processing module 83 is further configured to: after the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel; the processing module 83 acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including :
  • the processing module 83 determines the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the processing module 83 uses the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel according to the information of the reference synchronization source.
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined; or the processing module 83 determines, according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, Synchronization information.
  • the processing module 83 obtains synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • the user equipment includes a transceiver 91, and at least one processor 92 coupled to the transceiver 91, wherein:
  • the user equipment is a sending device for synchronization information
  • the transceiver 91 is configured to transmit a synchronization signal
  • the processor 92 is configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the user equipment itself and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, when determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel Determining, according to the network connection status of the user equipment itself and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and triggering the transceiver 91 to transmit the determined information on the agreed physical resource through the synchronization channel. Synchronization information.
  • the processor 92 determines whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, and if it is determined to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, according to the user equipment.
  • the network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source determines synchronization information that needs to be transmitted in the synchronization channel, and triggers the transceiver 91 to transmit the determined synchronization information over the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource.
  • processor 92 is configured to:
  • the reference synchronization source of the user equipment When the user equipment is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the network side device, it is determined that the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection. And the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device.
  • the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user If the device is located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the network side device, the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located in the network connection And the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the user equipment itself, the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the user
  • the reference synchronization source of the device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the user equipment itself, and the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user equipment is currently located outside
  • processor 92 is configured to:
  • the processor 92 is configured to: determine, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; or, according to the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization channel Corresponding relationship of the synchronization information, determining synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel; or determining, according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, determining the synchronization Synchronization information sent in the channel.
  • the processor 92 is configured to:
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the processor 92 is further configured to:
  • Zeroing is performed after the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • the user equipment is a detection device for synchronization information
  • the transceiver 91 is configured to detect a synchronization signal; after detecting the synchronization signal, detecting synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the processor 92 is configured to determine, according to whether the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information, the network connection status of the transmitting device transmitting the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source; when the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information Determining, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the user equipment to transmit or receive the device to the device D2D signal; that is, if the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information, the processor 92 determines the user equipment according to the synchronization information.
  • the processor 92 determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
  • the synchronization information When the synchronization information is detected, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or, when the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located in the network And the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or, when the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; Or, when the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself; or detecting the synchronization Determining, when the information is not in the network connection, the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device does not exceed a set threshold; or, when the synchronization information is not detected, determining the The reference synchronization source of
  • the processor 92 determines that the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; The processor 91 detects the synchronization information, and the processor 92 determines that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or if the transceiver 91 detects the location Referring to the synchronization information, the processor 92 determines that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the transmitting device itself; or, if the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information, The processor 92 determines that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or if the transceiver 91 detects The synchronization information, the processor 92 determines the current forwarding time of the synchronization
  • the processor 92 is further configured to acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel after the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information; wherein the processor 92 acquires synchronization on the synchronization channel.
  • Information including:
  • the processor 92 determines the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the processor 92 determines the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel according to the information of the reference synchronization source.
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined; or the processor 92 determines the correspondence between the network connection state and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel. Synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel.
  • the processor 92 acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a user equipment, which is used as a device or device for transmitting synchronization information.
  • the user equipment includes: Machine 101, processor 102, memory 103; further comprising a bus interface 104 and a user interface 105;
  • the transceiver 101 is configured to send a synchronization signal
  • the processor 102 is configured to read a program in the memory, and execute the following process: Determining whether to transmit synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and determining whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source; a connection status and/or information of a reference synchronization source, determining synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel, and transmitting the determined synchronization information over the synchronization channel on an agreed physical resource;
  • the memory 103 is configured to store one or more executable programs, which are used to configure the processor.
  • the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 102 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 103.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • Transceiver 101 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor 102 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 103 can store data used by the processor 102 in performing operations.
  • Bus interface 104 provides an interface.
  • the user interface 105 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 102 is specifically configured to:
  • the user equipment If the user equipment is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the user equipment If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the user equipment If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the user equipment itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is another user equipment or GPS other than the user equipment itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or ,
  • the user equipment If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is not the user equipment itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
  • the processor 102 is specifically configured to:
  • the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  • the processor 102 is specifically configured to:
  • the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, and N is a positive integer.
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the user equipment and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the user equipment.
  • the processor 102 is further configured to:
  • the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is padded with zeros, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the user equipment is located
  • D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the user equipment is located
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the user equipment
  • the information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the user equipment is not limited.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a user equipment, as shown in FIG. 11, the user equipment is used as a detection device or device for synchronization information, and the user equipment includes: The machine 111, the processor 112, the memory 113; further includes a bus interface 114 and a user interface 115;
  • the transceiver 111 is configured to detect a synchronization signal, and after detecting the synchronization signal, detect synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
  • the processor 112 is configured to read a program in the memory, and perform the following process: determining, according to whether the transceiver 111 detects the synchronization information, determining a network connection status of a transmitting device that sends a synchronization signal, and/or Referring to the information of the synchronization source; and if the transceiver 111 detects the synchronization information, determining, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the user equipment to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal;
  • the memory 113 is configured to store one or more executable programs, which are used to configure the processor.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 112 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 113.
  • the bus architecture can also be used such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits.
  • Various other circuits are linked together, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • Transceiver 111 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor 112 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 113 can store data used by the processor 1102 in performing operations.
  • Bus interface 114 provides an interface.
  • the user interface 115 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 112 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the transceiver detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
  • the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
  • the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or ,
  • the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed a set threshold; or
  • the transceiver does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
  • the transceiver does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold.
  • the processor 112 is further configured to: after the transceiver detects the synchronization information, acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel;
  • the processor acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including: according to a network connection Determining the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the connection state and the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel; or determining the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel Synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel; or, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined; the information bits carried by the synchronization channel The number is N and N is a positive integer.
  • the processor 112 is specifically configured to:
  • the length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  • the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  • the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device
  • the information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  • embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product.
  • the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware.
  • the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a method for sending and detecting synchronisation information, and a user device. The method comprises: a sending device sends a synchronisation signal, and on the basis of its own network connection state and/or reference synchronisation source information, determines whether to send synchronisation information on a synchronisation channel corresponding to the synchronisation signal; if determining to send synchronisation information on the synchronisation channel, then the sending device, on the basis of its own network connection state and/or reference synchronisation source information, determines the synchronisation information that needs to be sent on the synchronisation channel and, on appointed physical resources, sends the determined synchronisation information by means of the synchronisation channel. The present application provides a solution for sending synchronisation information in a D2D application scenario; the sending device can, on the basis of its own network connection state and/or reference synchronisation source information, determine whether to send synchronisation information on a synchronisation channel corresponding to a synchronisation signal, and the synchronisation information carried in a synchronisation channel can transfer between user devices the synchronisation information thereof, expanding the scope of synchronisation.

Description

一种同步信息的发送、检测方法及用户设备Method for transmitting and detecting synchronous information and user equipment
本申请要求在2014年1月17日提交中国专利局、申请号为201410023553.9、发明名称为“一种同步信息的发送、检测方法及用户设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201410023553.9, entitled "Synchronization, Transmission, Detection, and User Equipment for Synchronized Information", filed on January 17, 2014, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Combined in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,特别涉及一种同步信息的发送、检测方法及用户设备。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a method for transmitting and detecting synchronization information and a user equipment.
背景技术Background technique
设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D),即终端直通技术,是指邻近的用户设备(User Equipment,UE;也称为终端)可以在近距离范围内通过直连链路进行数据传输,而不需要通过中心节点(即基站)进行转发,参见图1。Device-to-device (D2D), which is a terminal-through technology, refers to a user equipment (User Equipment, UE; also called a terminal) that can transmit data through a direct link in a short range. There is no need to forward through the central node (ie base station), see Figure 1.
长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)D2D技术,是指工作在LTE网络的授权频段上且由LTE网络控制的D2D发现和D2D通信过程。该LTE D2D技术不仅可以充分发挥D2D技术的优势,LTE网络的控制还可以克服传统D2D技术的一些问题,例如干扰不可控等问题。LTE D2D技术的引入将使LTE技术从单纯的无线移动蜂窝通信技术向着“通用连接技术(Universal Connectivity Technology)”的方向演进。Long Term Evolution (LTE) D2D technology refers to D2D discovery and D2D communication processes that operate on the licensed frequency band of the LTE network and are controlled by the LTE network. The LTE D2D technology can not only fully utilize the advantages of the D2D technology, but also control the LTE network to overcome some problems of the traditional D2D technology, such as uncontrollable interference. The introduction of LTE D2D technology will enable LTE technology to evolve from pure wireless mobile cellular communication technology to "Universal Connectivity Technology".
D2D传输包括D2D发现或D2D通信,UE在进行D2D传输前,首先要进行同步。UE根据参考同步源发送的同步信号,来获得传输D2D信号的同步参考。UE发送D2D信号时,可以同时发送自身确定的同步信号,从而为其他UE提供同步参考。同时,UE在发送同步信号时,还可以发送同步信道,并在同步信道中携带一些同步信息,比如D2D资源的配置信息或者参考同步源的相关信息。D2D transmission includes D2D discovery or D2D communication, and the UE first needs to synchronize before performing D2D transmission. The UE obtains a synchronization reference for transmitting the D2D signal according to the synchronization signal transmitted by the reference synchronization source. When the UE sends the D2D signal, it can simultaneously transmit its own determined synchronization signal to provide synchronization reference for other UEs. At the same time, when transmitting the synchronization signal, the UE may also send a synchronization channel, and carry some synchronization information, such as configuration information of the D2D resource or related information of the reference synchronization source, in the synchronization channel.
图2中包含了几种典型的D2D传输场景:小区内的D2D传输、小区间的 D2D传输、部分网络覆盖的D2D传输以及无网络覆盖的D2D传输。Figure 2 contains several typical D2D transmission scenarios: D2D transmission within a cell, inter-cell D2D transmission, partial network coverage D2D transmission, and no network coverage D2D transmission.
1、对于小区内的D2D传输的场景,由于该小区内的UE都获得了与网络侧的同步,UE的参考同步源为演进型节点B(eNB,即LTE系统中的基站),因此,UE可以根据各自与网络侧的同步,获取相互间的同步,从而在同步的发现资源(即D2D发现过程所使用的资源)上进行D2D传输,所用的D2D资源配置也可以从网络侧获得。For the scenario of the D2D transmission in the cell, the UE in the cell obtains the synchronization with the network side, and the reference synchronization source of the UE is the evolved Node B (eNB, ie, the base station in the LTE system), therefore, the UE The synchronization between the two can be acquired according to the synchronization with the network side, so that the D2D transmission is performed on the synchronous discovery resource (that is, the resource used in the D2D discovery process), and the D2D resource configuration used can also be obtained from the network side.
2、对于小区间的D2D传输的场景,当小区间不同步时,不同小区的UE间也是不同步的,UE也可能不知道邻小区所用的D2D资源,此时UE无法与邻小区的UE直接进行D2D发现或者D2D通信。UE需要通过邻小区发送的同步信号从邻小区的eNB或者从邻小区的UE处获得邻小区的定时参考,或者通过同步信道从邻小区的UE处获得邻小区的资源配置信息,才能进行小区间的D2D通信。2. For the scenario of D2D transmission between cells, when the cells are not synchronized, the UEs of different cells are also not synchronized, and the UE may not know the D2D resources used by the neighboring cells. At this time, the UE cannot directly communicate with the UEs of the neighboring cells. Perform D2D discovery or D2D communication. The UE needs to obtain the timing reference of the neighboring cell from the eNB of the neighboring cell or the UE of the neighboring cell through the synchronization signal sent by the neighboring cell, or obtain the resource configuration information of the neighboring cell from the UE of the neighboring cell through the synchronization channel, so that the inter-cell can be performed. D2D communication.
3、对于部分网络覆盖的场景,覆盖区域外的UE与覆盖区域内的UE并不是同步传输,可能会造成严重的相互干扰。此时,覆盖区域内的UE可以通过同步信号和同步信道将覆盖区域内的同步信息与D2D资源配置信息转发给覆盖区域外的UE,从而使覆盖区域外的UE也能基于覆盖区域内的同步信息与D2D资源配置信息与覆盖区域内的UE进行传输,降低由于不同步而造成的干扰。3. For a part of the network coverage scenario, the UE outside the coverage area and the UE in the coverage area are not synchronously transmitted, which may cause serious mutual interference. At this time, the UE in the coverage area can forward the synchronization information and the D2D resource configuration information in the coverage area to the UE outside the coverage area through the synchronization signal and the synchronization channel, so that the UE outside the coverage area can also be synchronized based on the coverage area. The information and the D2D resource configuration information are transmitted with the UEs in the coverage area to reduce interference caused by the unsynchronization.
4、对于无网络覆盖的场景,通信双方都没有接入网络,为了保证通信双方之间的同步,可以通过同步信号和同步信道传递各自的同步信息,以使通信双方同步。4. For the scenario without network coverage, neither communication party accesses the network. In order to ensure synchronization between the two communication parties, each synchronization information can be transmitted through the synchronization signal and the synchronization channel to synchronize the communication parties.
在实际D2D传输过程中,不同类型的UE需要根据自身情况发送携带不同信息的同步信道,以在UE间传递自身的同步信息,扩大同步范围。但UE如何发送和设计同步信道,使不同的UE可以使用同步信道传输不同类型的信息,目前还没有相应的解决方案。 During the actual D2D transmission process, different types of UEs need to send synchronization channels carrying different information according to their own conditions to transmit their own synchronization information between UEs and expand the synchronization range. However, how the UE sends and designs the synchronization channel enables different UEs to use the synchronization channel to transmit different types of information. Currently, there is no corresponding solution.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种同步信息的发送、检测方法及用户设备,从而提供了一种在D2D应用场景中同步信息的发送和检测方案。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending and detecting synchronization information and a user equipment, thereby providing a scheme for transmitting and detecting synchronization information in a D2D application scenario.
一种同步信息的发送方法,该方法包括:A method for transmitting synchronization information, the method comprising:
发送设备发送同步信号;The transmitting device sends a synchronization signal;
所述发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;Determining, by the sending device, whether to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source;
若所述发送设备确定在所述同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。And if the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, determining, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and in the agreed physical The determined synchronization information is transmitted over the synchronization channel on the resource.
在实施中,发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,具体包括:In an implementation, the sending device determines whether to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the network and the information of the reference synchronization source, which specifically includes:
若发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device, the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device, the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为自身,则发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is itself, the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除自身之外的其他用户设备或全球定位系统GPS,则发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment other than itself or a global positioning system (GPS), the transmitting device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or,
若所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则所述发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者, And if the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device does not exceed a set threshold, the sending device determines to send on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. Synchronize information; or,
若发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源不是自身,则发送设备确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not itself, the sending device determines that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则发送设备确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。If the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds the set threshold, the transmitting device determines not to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
在实施中,所述发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, the sending device determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status of the network and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
所述发送设备根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。即所述发送设备根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,所述发送设备根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,所述发送设备根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。Determining, by the sending device, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; wherein the length of the information carried by the synchronization channel N bits, N is a positive integer. That is, the sending device determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the transmitting device carries the information according to the reference synchronization source and the synchronization channel. Corresponding relationship of the synchronization information, determining the synchronization information to be sent in the synchronization channel; or determining, by the transmitting device, the correspondence between the network connection state and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, Synchronization information transmitted in the synchronization channel.
在实施中,优选的,所述发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, the sending device determines, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, including:
所述发送设备通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
所述发送设备通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
所述发送设备通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel;
其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
进一步地,若发送设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,该方法还包括: Further, if the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the sending device is less than N, the method further includes:
所述发送设备在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。The sending device adds zeros to the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
一种同步信息的检测方法,该方法包括:A method for detecting synchronization information, the method comprising:
接收设备检测同步信号;The receiving device detects the synchronization signal;
所述接收设备检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;After detecting the synchronization signal, the receiving device detects synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
所述接收设备根据是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;Determining, by the receiving device, information about a network connection state of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or a reference synchronization source according to whether the synchronization information is detected;
若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则所述接收设备根据所述同步信息确定自身发送或接收设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, the receiving device determines, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference that is used by the device to transmit or receive the device to the device D2D signal.
在实施中,所述接收设备根据是否检测到同步信息,确定所述发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,包括:In an implementation, the receiving device determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
若所述接收设备检测到同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者, If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为所述发送设备自身;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除所述发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself; or
若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed a set threshold; or
若所述接收设备没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者,If the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
若所述接收设备没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。And if the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold.
在实施中,所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息之后,还包括:获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;所述接收设备获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, after the receiving device detects the synchronization information, the method further includes: acquiring synchronization information on the synchronization channel; and acquiring, by the receiving device, synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
所述接收设备根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道上的同步信息;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。即所述接收设备根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道上的同步信息;或者,所述接收设备根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道上的同步信息;或者所述接收设备根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道上的同步信息。The receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; wherein the information length of the synchronization channel is N Bit, N is a positive integer. That is, the receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the receiving device according to the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel. Corresponding relationship, determining synchronization information on the synchronization channel; or determining, by the receiving device, the correspondence between the network connection state and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, determining the synchronization channel Synchronization information.
在实施中,优选的,所述接收设备获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, preferably, the receiving device acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
所述接收设备通过检测到所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者, The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel by detecting the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel; or
所述接收设备通过检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel by detecting the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel; or
所述接收设备通过检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the detected synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel;
其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
一种同步信息的发送装置,该装置包括:A transmitting device for synchronizing information, the device comprising:
发送模块,用于发送同步信号;a sending module, configured to send a synchronization signal;
第一处理模块,用于根据所述发送装置自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;a first processing module, configured to determine whether to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to a network connection state of the sending device and/or information of a reference synchronization source;
第二处理模块,用于若所述第一处理模块确定在所述同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据所述发送装置自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。a second processing module, configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, that the first processing module determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, The synchronization information transmitted in the synchronization channel is transmitted, and the determined synchronization information is transmitted through the synchronization channel on an agreed physical resource.
在实施中,所述第一处理模块具体用于: In an implementation, the first processing module is specifically configured to:
若所述装置当前位于网络连接内且所述装置的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为自身,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为除自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is another user equipment or GPS other than itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device does not exceed the set threshold, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源不是自身,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is not itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。If the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device exceeds the set threshold, it is determined that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
在实施中,所述第二处理模块具体用于:In an implementation, the second processing module is specifically configured to:
根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;其中,所述同步信息的比特数为N,N为正整数。即根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。Determining, according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; wherein the number of bits of the synchronization information is N, N is A positive integer. That is, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel is determined; or, according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the need is determined. Synchronization information transmitted in the synchronization channel; or, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel is determined.
在实施中,优选的,所述第二处理模块具体用于:In an implementation, preferably, the second processing module is specifically configured to:
通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道 中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。Indicating the synchronization channel by using synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel The meaning of the synchronization information of the last Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or the synchronization information of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel, indicating the meaning of the synchronization information of the first Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or And indicating, by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel, the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; where the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, N Is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
进一步,所述第二处理模块还用于:Further, the second processing module is further configured to:
若发送设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。If the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the transmitting device is less than N, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is padded with zeros, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
一种同步信息的检测装置,该装置包括:A device for detecting synchronization information, the device comprising:
第一检测模块,用于检测同步信号;a first detecting module, configured to detect a synchronization signal;
第二检测模块,用于在所述第一检测模块检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;a second detecting module, configured to: after the first detecting module detects the synchronization signal, detect synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
处理模块,用于根据所述第二检测模块是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;以及若所 述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则根据所述同步信息确定所述检测装置自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。a processing module, configured to determine, according to whether the second detection module detects the synchronization information, information about a network connection state of a sending device that sends a synchronization signal and/or a reference synchronization source; The second detecting module detects the synchronization information, and determines, according to the synchronization information, the synchronization reference used by the detecting device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
在实施中,所述处理模块具体用于:In an implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to:
若所述第二检测模块检测到同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为该发送设备自身;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除该发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or ,
若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed the set threshold; or
若所述第二检测模块没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者,If the second detection module does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
若所述第二检测模块没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。If the second detection module does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold.
在实施中,所述处理模块还用于在所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息之后,获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;In an implementation, the processing module is further configured to acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel after the second detection module detects the synchronization information;
其中,所述处理模块获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:The processing module acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。即根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步 信道中携带的同步信息;或者,根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息。Determining the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; wherein the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, N Is a positive integer. That is, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel is determined. Synchronization The synchronization information carried in the channel; or the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
在实施中,优选的,所述处理模块获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, preferably, the processing module acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
通过所述第二检测模块检测到的所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining, by using the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the second detection module, the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel; or
通过所述第二检测模块检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining, by using the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the second detection module, the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel; or
通过所述第二检测模块检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。Obtaining, by the second detection module, the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel, the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining Nk bits in the synchronization channel; wherein the information carried by the synchronization channel The length is N bits and N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
一种用户设备,包括收发信机、以及与该收发信机连接的至少一个处理器,其中: A user equipment comprising a transceiver and at least one processor coupled to the transceiver, wherein:
一、若该用户设备为同步信息的发送装置;1. If the user equipment is a sending device for synchronization information;
收发信机被配置用于发送同步信号;The transceiver is configured to transmit a synchronization signal;
处理器被配置用于根据该用户设备自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,若确定在同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据该用户设备自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息,并触发收发信机在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。The processor is configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and if it is determined to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel, Determining, according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and triggering the transceiver to transmit the determined physical channel through the synchronization channel. Synchronization information.
在实施中,处理器被配置具体用于:In implementation, the processor is configured to specifically:
若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接内且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为自身,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为除自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源不是自身,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。If the user equipment is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user equipment is currently located in the network If the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device, the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the user equipment is Determining, by the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is other than itself Determining, by the user equipment or the GPS, that the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the current synchronization number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is not If the threshold is exceeded, it is determined that the same channel is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. Information; or, if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is not itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user equipment is If the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source exceeds the set threshold, it is determined that the synchronization information is not transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
在实施中,处理器被配置具体用于:In implementation, the processor is configured to specifically:
根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。即根据网络连接状态与同步信道 携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。Determining, according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; wherein the information length of the synchronization channel is N bits. N is a positive integer. That is, according to the network connection status and synchronization channel Corresponding relationship of the carried synchronization information, determining synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; or determining, according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, that the synchronization information needs to be sent in the synchronization channel Synchronization information; or, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be transmitted in the synchronization channel is determined.
在实施中,优选的,处理器被配置具体用于:In an implementation, preferably, the processor is configured to:
通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。And indicating, by using synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the last Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or, by using synchronization of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel Information indicating the meaning of the synchronization information of the first Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or indicating the remaining Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel The meaning of the synchronization information; wherein the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, and N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
在实施中,若所述发送设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,处理器还被配置用于:In an implementation, if the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the sending device is less than N, the processor is further configured to:
在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。Zeroing is performed after the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息; Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
二、若该用户设备为同步信息的检测装置,则:2. If the user equipment is a detection device for synchronization information, then:
收发信机被配置用于检测同步信号;在检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;The transceiver is configured to detect a synchronization signal; after detecting the synchronization signal, detecting synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
处理器被配置用于根据是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;若收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则根据所述同步信息确定该用户设备自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。The processor is configured to determine, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, a network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or information of a reference synchronization source; if the transceiver detects the synchronization information, according to the The synchronization information determines the synchronization reference used by the user equipment to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
在实施中,处理器根据是否检测到同步信息,确定所述发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,包括:In an implementation, the processor determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
若检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located in a network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the synchronization information is detected, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为所述发送设备自身;或者,If the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
若检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除所述发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,If the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself; or
若检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,If the synchronization information is detected, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed a set threshold; or
若没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者,If the synchronization information is not detected, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
若没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。 If the synchronization information is not detected, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds a set threshold.
在实施中,所述处理器还用于在所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息之后,获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;In an implementation, the processor is further configured to acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel after the transceiver detects the synchronization information;
其中,处理器获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:The processor acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。即根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息。在实施中,优选的,处理器获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:Determining the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; wherein the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, N Is a positive integer. That is, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel is determined. The synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined; or the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel. In an implementation, preferably, the processor acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
通过检测到所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。Obtaining the meaning of synchronization information of the last Nk bits of the synchronization channel by detecting synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel; or, by detecting the last k bits in the synchronization channel Synchronizing information, knowing the meaning of the synchronization information of the first Nk bits in the synchronization channel; or, by detecting the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel, learning the remaining Nk of the synchronization channels The meaning of the synchronization information of the bit; wherein the length of the information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息; D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
本发明本申请实施例提供了一种在D2D应用场景中同步信息的发送方案,发送设备可以根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,以及在确定在同步信道上发送同步信息时,根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息;从而可以在用户设备间传递自身的同步信息,扩大同步范围;另外,本申请实施例中,不同的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,对应不同的同步信息,从而可以使不同的用户设备使用相同结构的同步信道携带不同的同步信息,在保证了所发送的同步信息的灵活性的前提下,还降低了接收设备的检测复杂度。The embodiment of the present invention provides a scheme for transmitting synchronization information in a D2D application scenario. The sending device may determine whether to send on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the network and/or the information of the reference synchronization source. Synchronizing information, and determining that synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel is determined according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source when determining to transmit synchronization information on the synchronization channel; thus, it is possible to transfer itself between user equipments The synchronization information is used to expand the synchronization range. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, different network connection states and/or information of the reference synchronization source correspond to different synchronization information, so that different user equipments can use different synchronization channels of the same structure to carry different The synchronization information reduces the detection complexity of the receiving device while ensuring the flexibility of the transmitted synchronization information.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简要介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the following drawings will be briefly described in the description of the embodiments. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present application, Those skilled in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without paying for inventive labor.
图1为背景技术中采用D2D技术进行数据传输的路径示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a path for data transmission using D2D technology in the background art;
图2为背景技术中提供的D2D传输场景示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a D2D transmission scenario provided in the background art;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种同步信息的发送方法流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending synchronization information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种同步信息的检测方法方法流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for detecting synchronization information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本申请提供的实施例一的应用场景示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of Embodiment 1 provided by the present application;
图6为本申请提供的实施例二的应用场景示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of Embodiment 2 provided by the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种同步信息的发送装置的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for sending synchronization information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种同步信息的检测装置的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a synchronization information detecting apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种用户设备的结构示意图; FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种用户设备的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种用户设备的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述,应当理解,此处所描述的实施例仅用于说明和解释本申请,并不用于限定本申请。本申请所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部份实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其它实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The present invention will be further described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, and the embodiments of the present invention are to be understood Application. The embodiments described in the present application are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present application without departing from the inventive scope are the scope of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的一种同步信息的发送方法,参见图3所示,该方法包括以下步骤:A method for sending synchronization information provided by an embodiment of the present application is shown in FIG. 3, and the method includes the following steps:
步骤31、发送设备发送同步信号。Step 31: The sending device sends a synchronization signal.
本步骤中所发送的同步信号用于与其他用户设备进行同步。发送设备可以根据从参考同步源处获取的同步参考,确定自身发送的同步信号;其中,参考同步源可以为网络侧设备(如基站,LTE系统中为eNB),也可以是其他用户设备,还可以是全球定位系统(Globe Position System,GPS),还可以是发送设备自身。The synchronization signal sent in this step is used to synchronize with other user equipment. The sending device may determine the synchronization signal that is sent by itself according to the synchronization reference that is obtained from the reference synchronization source. The reference synchronization source may be a network side device (such as a base station, an eNB in an LTE system), or another user equipment. It can be a Global Positioning System (GPS) or a transmitting device itself.
本步骤中,发送设备发送同步信号所使用的物理资源,可以是预先约定的物理资源;也可以是根据参考同步源发送同步信号所用的物理资源,确定的物理资源。In this step, the physical resource used by the sending device to send the synchronization signal may be a pre-agreed physical resource, or may be a physical resource determined according to a physical resource used by the reference synchronization source to send the synchronization signal.
步骤32、发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。Step 32: The sending device determines, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
本步骤中,发送设备的网络连接状态包括发送设备位于网络连接内和发送设备位于网络连接外两种状态;In this step, the network connection status of the sending device includes two states: the sending device is located in the network connection and the sending device is located outside the network connection;
发送设备的参考同步源的信息包括但不限于下列信息中的至少一种:用于表示发送设备的参考同步源的类型(如网络侧设备、其他用户设备、发送 设备自身、GPS等)的信息、用于表示发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号当前被转发次数的信息。The information of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device includes but is not limited to at least one of the following information: a type of the reference synchronization source used to indicate the sending device (eg, network side device, other user equipment, sending) Information of the device itself, GPS, etc., information indicating the number of times the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is currently forwarded.
本步骤中发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,可以使接收设备根据是否在同步信号对应的同步信道上检测到同步信息,获知发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息。In this step, the sending device determines whether to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, so that the receiving device can detect whether the synchronization device detects the synchronization channel according to the synchronization signal. The synchronization information is used to know the network connection status of the transmitting device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source.
步骤33、发送设备确定在同步信道上发送同步信息时,根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。即,若发送设备确定在同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。Step 33: When the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, according to the network connection status of the network and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel is determined, and the synchronization is performed on the agreed physical resource. The channel transmits the determined synchronization information. That is, if the transmitting device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, it determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, and synchronizes on the agreed physical resources. The channel transmits the determined synchronization information.
本步骤中,网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息不同的发送设备在发送同步信道时,可以在同步信道中携带相同的同步信息,也可以在同步信道中携带不同的同步信息。In this step, the transmitting device with different network connection status and/or reference synchronization source information may carry the same synchronization information in the synchronization channel when transmitting the synchronization channel, or may carry different synchronization information in the synchronization channel.
本申请实施例中,发送设备发送同步信号;确定是否在该同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;发送设备确定在同步信道上发送同步信息时,根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过同步信道发送所确定的同步信息,从而提供了一种在D2D应用场景中同步信息的发送方案,发送设备可以根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在该同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,以及确定需要在该同步信道中发送的同步信息,从而可以在用户设备间传递自身的同步信息,扩大同步范围。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending device sends a synchronization signal, determines whether the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and the sending device determines, according to its own network connection state and/or reference synchronization, when the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel. The source information determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and sends the determined synchronization information through the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource, thereby providing a transmission scheme of the synchronization information in the D2D application scenario, and the sending device Determining whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, and determining synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, so that it can be between user equipments. Pass your own synchronization information to expand the synchronization range.
本申请实施例中,同步信道中所携带的同步信息包括但不限于以下信息中的至少一种:In this embodiment of the present application, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息; Sending D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the device is located;
同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;The radio frame and/or subframe number where the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;An indication message indicating whether the transmitting device is located within the network connection;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;The indication information indicating the type of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal sent by the sending device is forwarded;
发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;Sending D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the device is located;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the sending device.
在实施中,步骤32中,发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,包括以下七种优选方式:In an implementation, in step 32, the transmitting device determines whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, including the following seven preferred methods:
方式1、发送设备当前位于网络连接内且发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备时,发送设备确定在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。即若发送设备当前位于网络连接内且发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则发送设备确定在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。Mode 1, when the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device, the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device, the transmitting device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
该方式下,步骤33中,发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定的需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息包括但不限于以下信息中的至少一种:In this manner, in step 33, the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识(IDentity,ID);The cell ID (IDentity, ID) of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;Sending D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the device is located;
发送设备发送的同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;The radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device;
用于表示发送设备位于网络连接内的指示信息;Indicates that the sending device is located within the network connection;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备的指示信息;The indication that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device;
发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal sent by the sending device is forwarded;
发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the sending device.
方式2、发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备时,发送设备在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。即若发送设 备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则发送设备在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。Mode 2: When the sending device is located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device, the sending device sends the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the transmission is set If the reference synchronization source that is currently located outside the network connection and the transmitting device is the network side device, the sending device sends the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
该方式下,步骤33中,发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定的需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息包括但不限于以下信息中的至少一种:In this manner, in step 33, the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
发送设备发送的同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;The radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device;
用于表示发送设备位于网络连接外的指示信息;Indicates that the sending device is located outside the network connection;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备的指示信息;The indication that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device;
发送设备的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal of the sending device is forwarded;
发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the sending device.
方式3、发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为自身时,发送设备确定在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。即若发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为自身,则发送设备确定在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。Mode 3: When the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is itself, the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is itself, the transmitting device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
该方式下,步骤33中,发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定的需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息包括但不限于以下信息中的至少一种:In this manner, in step 33, the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
发送设备发送的同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;The radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device;
用于表示发送设备位于网络连接外的指示信息;Indicates that the sending device is located outside the network connection;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源为发送设备自身的指示信息;The reference synchronization source used to indicate the sending device is the indication information of the sending device itself;
发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the sending device.
方式4、发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为其他用户设备或GPS时,发送设备确定在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。即若发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为其他用户设备或GPS,则发送设备确定在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。 Mode 4: When the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS, the sending device determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is another user equipment or GPS, the transmitting device determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
该方式下,步骤33中,发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定的需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息包括但不限于以下信息中的至少一种:In this manner, in step 33, the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
发送设备发送的同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;The radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device;
用于表示发送设备位于网络连接外的指示信息;Indicates that the sending device is located outside the network connection;
发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal sent by the sending device is forwarded;
发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the sending device.
方式5、发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值时,发送设备在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。即若发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则发送设备在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。Mode 5: When the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device does not exceed the set threshold, the sending device sends the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed the set threshold, the transmitting device sends the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
该方式下,步骤33中,发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定的需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息包括但不限于以下信息中的至少一种:In this manner, in step 33, the synchronization information that the transmitting device needs to transmit in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
发送设备发送的同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;The radio frame and/or subframe number of the synchronization channel sent by the sending device;
用于表示发送设备位于网络连接外的指示信息;Indicates that the sending device is located outside the network connection;
发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
发送设备发送的同步信道对应的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal corresponding to the synchronization channel sent by the sending device is forwarded;
发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the sending device.
方式6、发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源不是自身时,发送设备确定不在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。即若发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源不是自身,则发送设备确定不在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。Manner 6: When the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not itself, the sending device determines that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the transmitting device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is not itself, the transmitting device determines that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
方式7、发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的 阈值时,发送设备确定不在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。即若发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则发送设备确定不在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。Mode 7, the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds the set At the threshold, the transmitting device determines that the synchronization information is not transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. That is, if the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds the set threshold, the transmitting device determines that the synchronization information is not transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
本申请实施例中,发送设备可以根据上述方式1~7中的任一方式确定是否在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。需要说明的是,以上仅给出了几种优选的实施方式,本申请实施例并不限于上述方式,还可以包含其他方式,如发送设备当前位于网络连接内时,发送设备在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;又如,发送设备当前位于网络连接外时,发送设备确定不在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;等等。In the embodiment of the present application, the sending device may determine whether to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to any one of the foregoing manners 1-7. It should be noted that only a few preferred embodiments are provided in the above, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the foregoing manner, and may also include other manners, such as when the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the sending device corresponds to the synchronization signal. The synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel; for example, when the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, the sending device determines that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; and the like.
在实施中,为了降低用户设备的检测复杂度,优选的,本申请实施例中不同用户设备(即具有不同的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息的用户设备)发送的同步信道的结构相同,即不同用户设备发送的同步信道具有相同的比特长度(记为N)。In an implementation, in order to reduce the detection complexity of the user equipment, the structure of the synchronization channel sent by different user equipments (ie, user equipments having different network connection states and/or information of reference synchronization sources) in the embodiment of the present application is preferred. The same, that is, the synchronization channels transmitted by different user equipments have the same bit length (denoted as N).
进一步,为了使不同用户设备发送相同结构的同步信道,优选的,步骤33中,发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息,包括:Further, in order to enable different user equipments to send the synchronization channel of the same structure, preferably, in step 33, the sending device determines, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, including :
发送设备根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息;其中,该同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。此外,网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,包括:网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系;或者,参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系;或者,网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系。The sending device determines, according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, where the information length of the synchronization channel is N bits, N Is a positive integer. In addition, the correspondence between the network connection status and/or the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel includes: a correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or, the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization channel The correspondence between the carried synchronization information; or the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
本申请实施例中,不同的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,对应不同的同步信息,从而可以使不同的用户设备使用相同结构的同步信道携带不同的同步信息,在保证了所发送的同步信息的灵活性的前提下,还降低了接收设备的检测复杂度,即接收设备采用同一长度进行同步信道的检测。 In the embodiment of the present application, different network connection states and/or information of the reference synchronization source correspond to different synchronization information, so that different user equipments can use the same structure of the synchronization channel to carry different synchronization information, and the transmission is guaranteed. On the premise of the flexibility of the synchronization information, the detection complexity of the receiving device is also reduced, that is, the receiving device uses the same length for detecting the synchronization channel.
基于上述实施例,优选的,发送设备可以通过同步信道中的k个比特的同步信息,隐式指示该同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义,具体包括以下三种实现方式:Based on the foregoing embodiment, preferably, the sending device may implicitly indicate the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the k bits in the synchronization channel, and specifically includes the following three implementation manners:
方式一、发送设备通过同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示该同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义。Manner 1: The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel.
该方式下,优选的,该同步信道中携带的前k个比特信息包括用于表示发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或发送设备的参考同步源的信息,从而通过不同的网络连接状态的信息和/或发送设备的参考同步源的信息,隐式指示该同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义,以使接收设备在检测到该同步信道后,能够根据该同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知后N-k个比特位的同步信息的含义,从而确定N-k个比特的同步信息。In this manner, preferably, the first k bit information carried in the synchronization channel includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device, thereby connecting the states through different networks. Information and/or information of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device, implicitly indicating the meaning of the synchronization information of the last Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel, so that the receiving device can be based on the synchronization channel after detecting the synchronization channel The synchronization information of the first k bits is used to obtain the meaning of the synchronization information of the Nk bits, thereby determining the synchronization information of the Nk bits.
举例说明,假设同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息指示发送设备位于网络连接内且发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则后N-k个比特的同步信息为发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息以及同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号。For example, if the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel indicates that the sending device is located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device, the synchronization information of the last Nk bits is the D2D of the serving cell where the sending device is located. The resource configuration information and the radio frame and/or subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located.
方式二、发送设备通过同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,指示同步信道的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义。Manner 2: The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits of the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel.
该方式下,优选的,该同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或发送设备的参考同步源的信息。In this manner, preferably, the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
方式三、发送设备通过同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示同步信道的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义。Manner 3: The transmitting device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits of the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel.
该方式下,优选的,该同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或发送设备的参考同步源的信息。In this manner, preferably, the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
以上三种优选实现方式中,若发送设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,该方法还包括:In the above three preferred implementation manners, if the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the sending device is less than N, the method further includes:
发送设备在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。 The transmitting device adds zeros to the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
基于同一发明构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种同步信息的检测方法,参见图4所示,该方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same inventive concept, the embodiment of the present application further provides a method for detecting synchronization information. Referring to FIG. 4, the method includes the following steps:
步骤41、接收设备检测同步信号。Step 41: The receiving device detects the synchronization signal.
步骤42、接收设备检测到同步信号后,检测同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息,接收设备根据是否检测到同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息。Step 42: After detecting the synchronization signal, the receiving device detects synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and the receiving device determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or the reference synchronization source. information.
本步骤中,发送设备的网络连接状态包括发送设备位于网络连接内和发送设备位于网络连接外两种状态;In this step, the network connection status of the sending device includes two states: the sending device is located in the network connection and the sending device is located outside the network connection;
发送设备的参考同步源的信息包括但不限于下列信息中的至少一种:用于表示发送设备的参考同步源的类型(如网络侧设备、其他用户设备、发送设备自身、GPS等)的信息、用于表示发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号当前被转发次数的信息。The information of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device includes but is not limited to at least one of the following information: information indicating the type of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device (such as the network side device, other user devices, the transmitting device itself, GPS, etc.) And information for indicating the number of times the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is currently forwarded.
步骤43、在检测到同步信息时,接收设备根据检测到的同步信息确定接收设备自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。即若接收设备检测到同步信息,则接收设备根据检测到的同步信息确定接收设备自身发送或接收设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。Step 43: When detecting the synchronization information, the receiving device determines, according to the detected synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the receiving device to transmit or receive the device to the device D2D signal. That is, if the receiving device detects the synchronization information, the receiving device determines, according to the detected synchronization information, the synchronization reference used by the receiving device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
本申请实施例中,接收设备检测同步信号;接收设备检测到同步信号后,检测同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息,根据是否检测到同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;在检测到同步信息时,接收设备根据检测到的同步信息确定接收设备自身发送或接收设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。从而提供了一种在D2D应用场景中同步信息的检测方案,接收设备可以根据是否检测到同步信息,以获知发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,以及根据检测到的同步信息确定接收设备自身发送或接收D2D信号所使用的同步参考,从而保证了发送设备和接收设备的D2D传输的同步,扩大同步范围。In the embodiment of the present application, the receiving device detects the synchronization signal; after detecting the synchronization signal, the receiving device detects the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and determines the network connection status of the sending device that sends the synchronization signal according to whether the synchronization information is detected. And/or referring to information of the synchronization source; upon detecting the synchronization information, the receiving device determines, according to the detected synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the receiving device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal. Therefore, a detection scheme for synchronizing information in a D2D application scenario is provided, and the receiving device can learn the network connection status of the transmitting device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source according to whether the synchronization information is detected, and according to the detected synchronization information. The synchronization reference used by the receiving device to transmit or receive the D2D signal is determined, thereby ensuring synchronization of the D2D transmission of the transmitting device and the receiving device, and expanding the synchronization range.
本申请实施例中,同步信道中所携带的同步信息包括但不限于以下信息中的至少一种: In this embodiment of the present application, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information:
发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;Sending D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the device is located;
同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;The radio frame and/or subframe number where the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;An indication message indicating whether the transmitting device is located within the network connection;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;The indication information indicating the type of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal sent by the sending device is forwarded;
发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;Sending D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the device is located;
用于表示发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the sending device.
在实施中,步骤42中,接收设备根据是否检测到同步信息,确定发送该同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,包括以下七种优选方式:In an implementation, in step 42, the receiving device determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including the following seven preferred modes:
方式A、若接收设备检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备当前位于网络连接内且发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,具体参见上述方式1。Mode A: If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device. For details, refer to the foregoing manner 1.
方式B、若接收设备检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,具体参见上述方式2。In the mode B, if the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the network side device. For details, refer to the foregoing mode 2.
方式C、若接收设备检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为发送设备自身,具体参见上述方式3。In the mode C, if the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the transmitting device itself. For details, refer to the foregoing manner 3.
方式D、若接收设备检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源为除发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS,具体参见上述方式4。In the mode D, if the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself. 4.
方式E、若接收设备检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备当前位于网络连接外且发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不 超过设定的阈值,具体参见上述方式5。In the mode E, if the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection of the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is not If the threshold is exceeded, refer to the above method 5.
方式F、若接收设备没有检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源不是发送设备自身且该发送设备位于网络连接外,具体参见上述方式6。In the mode F, if the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the reference synchronization source of the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is not the transmitting device itself and the sending device is located outside the network connection. For details, refer to the foregoing manner 6.
方式G、若接收设备没有检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,具体参见上述方式7。In the mode G, if the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal exceeds the set threshold. For details, refer to the foregoing manner 7.
本申请实施例中,接收设备可以根据上述方式A~G中的任一方式确定发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息。需要说明的是,以上仅给出了几种优选的实施方式,本申请实施例并不限于上述方式,还可以包含其他方式,如接收设备没有检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源不是发送设备自身;又如,接收设备没有检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备位于网络连接外;再如,接收设备没有检测到同步信息,则确定发送该同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值;等等。In the embodiment of the present application, the receiving device may determine the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source according to any one of the foregoing manners A to G. It should be noted that only a few preferred embodiments are provided in the foregoing. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to the foregoing manner, and may also include other manners. If the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined to send the synchronization signal. The reference synchronization source of the device is not the transmitting device itself; for example, if the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device that sends the synchronization signal is outside the network connection; if, for example, the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined to send the The current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device of the synchronization signal exceeds the set threshold; and so on.
在实施中,为了降低用户设备的检测复杂度,优选的,本申请实施例中不同用户设备(即具有不同的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息的用户设备)发送的同步信道的结构相同,即不同用户设备发送的同步信道具有相同的比特长度(记为N)。In an implementation, in order to reduce the detection complexity of the user equipment, the structure of the synchronization channel sent by different user equipments (ie, user equipments having different network connection states and/or information of reference synchronization sources) in the embodiment of the present application is preferred. The same, that is, the synchronization channels transmitted by different user equipments have the same bit length (denoted as N).
在实施中,步骤43中接收设备检测到同步信息之后,还包括:获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,其中,接收设备获取同步信道上的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, after the receiving device detects the synchronization information in step 43, the method further includes: acquiring synchronization information on the synchronization channel, where the receiving device acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
接收设备根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出该同步信道上的同步信息。即接收设备根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出同步信道上的同步信息;或者,接收设备根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出同步信道上的同步信息;或者接收设备根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述 同步信道上的同步信息。其中,该同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel. The receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel. Alternatively, the receiving device determines the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel. Synchronizing information on the synchronization channel; or determining, by the receiving device, the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel Synchronization information on the synchronization channel. The information length of the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
在实施中,优选的,接收设备获取同步信道上的同步信息,包括以下三种优选实现方式:In an implementation, preferably, the receiving device acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, and includes the following three preferred implementation manners:
接收设备通过检测到同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知该同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel by detecting the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel; or
接收设备通过检测到的同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知该同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the last k bits in the detected synchronization channel; or
接收设备通过检测到的同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知该同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the detected synchronization channel;
其中,同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The information carried by the synchronization channel has a length of N bits, and N is a positive integer.
本申请实施例中,由于可以通过同步信道中的k个比特的同步信息,隐式指示其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义,从而降低了接收设备的检测复杂度,即接收设备采用同一长度进行同步信道的检测。In the embodiment of the present application, the synchronization information of the remaining Nk bits can be implicitly indicated by the synchronization information of the k bits in the synchronization channel, thereby reducing the detection complexity of the receiving device, that is, the receiving device uses the same length. Detection of the synchronization channel.
优选的,同步信道中的k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或该发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the synchronization information of the k bits in the synchronization channel includes information indicating a network connection state of the transmitting device transmitting the synchronization signal and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
举例说明,如果接收设备检测到的同步信道的前k个比特的同步信息指示发送同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备且该发送设备位于网络连接内,则接收设备确定同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息包含D2D资源配置信息;或者,For example, if the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel detected by the receiving device indicates that the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal is the network side device and the transmitting device is located in the network connection, the receiving device determines the synchronization channel. The synchronization information of the last Nk bits includes D2D resource configuration information; or
如果接收设备检测到的同步信道的前k个比特的同步信息指示发送同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备且在该发送设备位于网络连接外,则接收设备确定同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息包含同步信号当前转发次数信息;或者,If the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel detected by the receiving device indicates that the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that transmits the synchronization signal is the network side device and the transmitting device is located outside the network connection, the receiving device determines the last Nk of the synchronization channel. The synchronization information of the bits includes the current forwarding number information of the synchronization signal; or
如果接收设备检测到的同步信道的前k个比特的同步信息指示发送同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备且该参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则接收设备确定同步信道的后N-k个比特的 同步信息包含D2D资源配置信息;或者,If the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel detected by the receiving device indicates that the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal is the network side device and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source does not exceed the set threshold, Then the receiving device determines the last Nk bits of the synchronization channel The synchronization information includes D2D resource configuration information; or,
如果接收设备检测到的同步信道的前k个比特的同步信息指示发送同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源为其他用户设备或者GPS,则接收设备确定同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息包含该参考同步源的同步维持时间信息或者该参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数;或者,If the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel detected by the receiving device indicates that the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that transmits the synchronization signal is another user equipment or GPS, the receiving device determines that the synchronization information of the last Nk bits of the synchronization channel includes the Referring to the synchronization maintenance time information of the synchronization source or the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source; or
如果接收设备检测到的同步信道的前k个比特的同步信息指示发送同步信号的发送设备的参考同步源为该发送设备自身,则接收设备确定同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息包含该发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息或者参考同步源的同步维持时间信息。If the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel detected by the receiving device indicates that the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that transmits the synchronization signal is the transmitting device itself, the receiving device determines that the synchronization information of the last Nk bits of the synchronization channel includes the transmission. The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the device is located or the synchronization maintenance time information of the reference synchronization source.
下面结合两个具体实施例对本申请所提供的同步信息的发送和检测方法进行详细说明。The method for transmitting and detecting synchronization information provided by the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with two specific embodiments.
实施例一、假设UE1和UE2都在网络覆盖内,且归属于同步的不同小区;UE3、UE4在网络覆盖外。其中,UE1、UE2、UE3发送同步信号,UE4接收同步信号,具体参见图5所示。Embodiment 1 It is assumed that both UE1 and UE2 are within the network coverage and belong to different cells that are synchronized; UE3 and UE4 are outside the network coverage. The UE1, the UE2, and the UE3 send a synchronization signal, and the UE4 receives the synchronization signal. For details, see FIG.
1、UE1~UE3分别根据从参考同步源获得的同步参考,在约定的物理资源上发送同步信号。1. UE1 to UE3 respectively send synchronization signals on the agreed physical resources according to the synchronization reference obtained from the reference synchronization source.
具体的,UE1和UE2分别从小区1和小区2的下行同步信号获得同步参考;UE3从GPS处获得的同步参考。Specifically, UE1 and UE2 obtain synchronization references from downlink synchronization signals of cell 1 and cell 2, respectively; and synchronization reference obtained by UE3 from GPS.
2、UE1~UE3根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,并在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息时,确定需要在同步信道上发送的同步信息。2. The UE1 to the UE3 determine whether to transmit the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the information of the network connection state and/or the reference synchronization source, and determine the need when the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. Synchronization information sent on the synchronization channel.
假设只有在网络覆盖内的UE才会在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,且同步信道中携带该UE的服务小区的D2D资源配置信息和所发送的同步信道的无线帧和子帧编号;网络覆盖外的UE不在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。则:It is assumed that only the UE in the network coverage transmits the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and the synchronization channel carries the D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell of the UE and the radio frame and subframe number of the transmitted synchronization channel; The UE outside the network coverage does not transmit the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. then:
a)UE1和UE2按照以上原则确定在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,且同步信道中携带同步信道所在的无线帧和子帧编号,以及UE1和UE2 自身所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;a) UE1 and UE2 determine to transmit synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the above principle, and the synchronization frame carries the radio frame and subframe number where the synchronization channel is located, and UE1 and UE2 D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell in which it is located;
b)UE3按照以上原则确定不在同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。b) The UE3 determines that the synchronization information is not transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the above principle.
3、UE1~UE2根据确定的同步信息生成同步信息,在约定物理资源上通过同步信道发送所生成的同步信息。3. The UE1 to the UE2 generate synchronization information according to the determined synchronization information, and send the generated synchronization information through the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource.
4、UE4检测到UE1~UE3发送的同步信号,并分别检测每个同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息。4. The UE4 detects the synchronization signals sent by the UE1 to the UE3, and detects the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to each synchronization signal.
其中,UE4检测到UE1和UE2发送的同步信息,则确定UE1和UE2为网络覆盖内的UE,且同步信道中携带的信息为同步信道所在的无线帧和子帧编号,以及UE1和UE2所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;UE4没有检测到UE3发送的同步信息,则确定UE3为网络覆盖外的UE。The UE4 detects the synchronization information sent by the UE1 and the UE2, and determines that the UE1 and the UE2 are the UEs in the network coverage, and the information carried in the synchronization channel is the radio frame and the subframe number where the synchronization channel is located, and the serving cell where the UE1 and the UE2 are located. D2D resource configuration information; UE4 does not detect the synchronization information sent by UE3, and determines that UE3 is a UE outside the network coverage.
5、UE4根据UE1和UE2的同步信号对应的同步信道中携带的同步信息,获知各自所在小区的D2D资源配置信息,从而结合同步信号获得同步参考,并在相应D2D资源上检测D2D信号。UE4根据UE3的同步信号获得的同步参考,在约定的针对网络覆盖外的UE的物理资源上检测D2D信号。5. The UE4 obtains the D2D resource configuration information of the cell in which the cell is located according to the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signals of the UE1 and the UE2, and obtains the synchronization reference in combination with the synchronization signal, and detects the D2D signal on the corresponding D2D resource. The UE4 detects the D2D signal on the agreed physical resources of the UE outside the network coverage according to the synchronization reference obtained by the synchronization signal of the UE3.
实施例二、假设UE1在网络覆盖内且归属于小区1;UE2、UE3、UE4在网络覆盖外。其中,UE1、UE2、UE3发送同步信号,UE4接收同步信号,具体参见图6所示。Embodiment 2: It is assumed that UE1 is within the network coverage and belongs to the cell 1; UE2, UE3, and UE4 are outside the network coverage. The UE1, the UE2, and the UE3 send a synchronization signal, and the UE4 receives the synchronization signal. For details, refer to FIG. 6.
1、UE1~UE3分别根据从参考同步源获得的同步参考,在约定的物理资源上发送同步信号。1. UE1 to UE3 respectively send synchronization signals on the agreed physical resources according to the synchronization reference obtained from the reference synchronization source.
具体的,UE1和UE2分别从小区1和小区2获得同步参考;UE3从簇头UE处获得的同步参考。一般无网络情况下,在一个相互邻近的簇内会有一个簇头来发送同步信号,以使周围的UE能够通过与它的同步获得相互同步,进而进行D2D传输。Specifically, UE1 and UE2 obtain synchronization reference from cell 1 and cell 2, respectively; and synchronization reference obtained by UE3 from the cluster head UE. Generally, in the case of no network, there is a cluster head in a cluster adjacent to each other to transmit a synchronization signal, so that surrounding UEs can synchronize with each other to obtain D2D transmission.
2、UE1~UE3根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定同步信号对应的同步信道携带的同步信息。2. The UE1 to the UE3 determine the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status and/or the information of the reference synchronization source.
具体的,UE1在网络覆盖内,其参考同步源为eNB,则其同步信道中携 带服务小区的D2D资源配置信息以及同步信道的无线帧/子帧编号;UE2不在网络覆盖内,且其参考同步源为eNB,则其同步信道中携带参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数;UE3不在网络覆盖内,且其参考同步源为簇头UE,则其同步信道中携带UE3的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息。Specifically, the UE1 is in the network coverage, and the reference synchronization source is the eNB, and the synchronization channel carries the same. The D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell and the radio frame/subframe number of the synchronization channel; if the UE2 is not in the network coverage and the reference synchronization source is the eNB, the synchronization number of the synchronization signal carrying the reference synchronization source in the synchronization channel; The UE3 is not in the network coverage, and its reference synchronization source is the cluster head UE, and the synchronization channel carries the synchronization maintenance time information of the reference synchronization source of the UE3.
3、UE1~UE3生成相应的同步信息,在约定物理资源上通过同步信道发送所生成的同步信息;具体的,同步信道中发送的同步信息的结构如表1所示:3. UE1 to UE3 generate corresponding synchronization information, and send the generated synchronization information through the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource; specifically, the structure of the synchronization information sent in the synchronization channel is as shown in Table 1:
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2015070391-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2015070391-appb-000001
若同步信道中后N-k比特携带的同步信息不足N-k个比特,则在同步信息后进行补零直到N-k比特。If the synchronization information carried by the latter N-k bits in the synchronization channel is less than N-k bits, zero-padding is performed after the synchronization information until N-k bits.
4、UE4检测到UE1~UE3发送的同步信号,并分别检测每个同步信号对应的N比特长度的同步信道。4. The UE4 detects the synchronization signals sent by the UE1 to the UE3, and detects the synchronization channel of the N-bit length corresponding to each synchronization signal.
具体的,UE4根据同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知发送UE1~UE3的参考同步源的信息或者网络连接状态,并以此确定后N-k个比特的同步信息的指示内容。由此获知UE1~UE3发送的N个比特的完整同步信息。Specifically, the UE4 learns the information about the reference synchronization source of the UE1 to UE3 or the network connection status according to the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel, and determines the indication content of the synchronization information of the following N-k bits. Thus, the complete synchronization information of the N bits transmitted by UE1 to UE3 is known.
a)UE4检测到UE1的同步信道,则根据同步信道的前k个比特的同步信息,确定UE1是网络覆盖内的UE,并获知同步信道中后N-k个比特的同步信息为同步信道所在的无线帧和子帧编号,以及UE1所在服务小区的D2D资 源配置信息;a) UE4 detects the synchronization channel of UE1, and determines that UE1 is a UE within the network coverage according to the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel, and learns that the synchronization information of the last Nk bits in the synchronization channel is the wireless location of the synchronization channel. Frame and subframe number, and D2D resources of the serving cell where UE1 is located Source configuration information;
b)UE4检测到UE2的同步信道,则根据同步信道的前k个比特的同步信息,确定UE2是网络覆盖外的UE,且参考同步源为eNB,并获知同步信道中后N-k个比特的同步信息为参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数(以及相应的补零比特);b) The UE4 detects the synchronization channel of the UE2, and determines that the UE2 is a UE outside the network coverage according to the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel, and the reference synchronization source is the eNB, and learns the synchronization of the Nk bits in the synchronization channel. The information is the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source (and the corresponding zero padding);
c)UE4检测到UE3的同步信道,则根据同步信道的前k个比特的同步信息,确定UE3是网络覆盖外的UE,且参考同步源为UE,并获知同步信道中后N-k个比特的同步信息为参考同步源的同步维持时间信息(以及相应的补零比特)。c) UE4 detects the synchronization channel of UE3, and determines that UE3 is a UE outside the network coverage according to the synchronization information of the first k bits of the synchronization channel, and the reference synchronization source is the UE, and learns the synchronization of the last Nk bits in the synchronization channel. The information is the synchronization maintenance time information (and the corresponding zero padding bits) of the reference synchronization source.
5、UE4根据获得的同步信息,确定自身发送和接收同步信号和D2D信号所用的同步参考;并根据获得的D2D资源配置信息,确定自身接收该小区的D2D信号所用的物理资源。5. The UE4 determines, according to the obtained synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the UE to transmit and receive the synchronization signal and the D2D signal, and determines, according to the obtained D2D resource configuration information, the physical resource used by the D2D signal to receive the cell.
上述方法处理流程可以用软件程序实现,该软件程序可以存储在存储介质中,当存储的软件程序被调用时,执行上述方法步骤。The above method processing flow can be implemented by a software program, which can be stored in a storage medium, and when the stored software program is called, the above method steps are performed.
基于同一发明构思,本申请实施例中还提供了一种同步信息的发送装置,由于该装置解决问题的原理与图3所示的同步信息的发送方法相似,因此该装置的实施可以参见方法的实施,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the embodiment of the present application further provides a device for transmitting synchronization information. Since the principle of solving the problem is similar to the method for transmitting synchronization information shown in FIG. 3, the implementation of the device can be referred to the method. Implementation, repetition will not be repeated.
参见图7所示,本申请实施例提供的一种同步信息的发送装置,包括:Referring to FIG. 7, a device for sending synchronization information according to an embodiment of the present application includes:
发送模块71,用于发送同步信号;a sending module 71, configured to send a synchronization signal;
第一处理模块72,用于根据发送装置自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;The first processing module 72 is configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, whether to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
第二处理模块73,用于在第一处理模块72确定在同步信道上发送同步信息时,根据发送装置自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息,并约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。即若所述第一处理模块72确定在所述同步信道上发送同步信息,则第二处理模块73根据发送装置自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资 源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。The second processing module 73 is configured to determine, when the first processing module 72 determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, the synchronization that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source. The determined synchronization information is transmitted through the synchronization channel on the information and the agreed physical resources. That is, if the first processing module 72 determines to transmit synchronization information on the synchronization channel, the second processing module 73 determines, according to the network connection status of the transmitting device itself and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, that the synchronization channel needs to be determined. Synchronization information sent in, and in the agreed physical assets The determined synchronization information is transmitted on the source through the synchronization channel.
在实施中,第一处理模块72具体用于:In an implementation, the first processing module 72 is specifically configured to:
若所述装置当前位于网络连接内且所述装置的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为发送装置自身,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is the transmitting device itself, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为除发送装置自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the transmitting device itself, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device does not exceed the set threshold, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源不是发送装置自身,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is not the transmitting device itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述装置的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。If the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device exceeds the set threshold, it is determined that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
在实施中,第二处理模块73具体用于:In an implementation, the second processing module 73 is specifically configured to:
根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;其中,所述同步信息的比特数为N,N为正整数。即第二处理模块73根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,第二处理模块73根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,第二处理模块73根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。 Determining, according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; wherein the number of bits of the synchronization information is N, N is A positive integer. That is, the second processing module 73 determines the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the second processing module 73 is based on the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization channel. Corresponding relationship of the synchronization information carried, determining the synchronization information to be sent in the synchronization channel; or the correspondence between the second connection processing module 73 and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and the information of the reference synchronization source, The synchronization information that needs to be transmitted in the synchronization channel is determined.
在实施中,优选的,第二处理模块73具体用于:In an implementation, preferably, the second processing module 73 is specifically configured to:
通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。And indicating, by using synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the last Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or, by using synchronization of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel Information indicating the meaning of the synchronization information of the first Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or indicating the remaining Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel The meaning of the synchronization information; wherein the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, and N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
在实施中,第二处理模块73还用于:In an implementation, the second processing module 73 is further configured to:
若所述发送设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。If the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the sending device is less than N, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is followed by zeros, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
基于同一发明构思,本申请实施例中还提供了一种同步信息的检测装置,由于该装置解决问题的原理与图4所示的同步信息的检测方法相似,因此该装置的实施可以参见方法的实施,重复之处不再赘述。 Based on the same inventive concept, the embodiment of the present application further provides a synchronization information detecting apparatus. Since the principle of solving the problem is similar to the method of detecting the synchronization information shown in FIG. 4, the implementation of the apparatus can be referred to the method. Implementation, repetition will not be repeated.
参见图8所示,本申请实施例提供的一种同步信息的检测装置,包括:As shown in FIG. 8, a synchronization information detecting apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application includes:
第一检测模块81,用于检测同步信号;a first detecting module 81, configured to detect a synchronization signal;
第二检测模块82,用于在第一检测模块81检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;The second detecting module 82 is configured to detect synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal after the first detection module 81 detects the synchronization signal;
处理模块83,用于根据第二检测模块82是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;以及在第二检测模块82检测到所述同步信息时,根据所述同步信息确定检测装置自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。即,处理模块83根据所述第二检测模块82是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;以及若所述第二检测模块检测82到所述同步信息,则处理模块83根据所述同步信息确定检测装置自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。The processing module 83 is configured to determine, according to whether the synchronization information is detected by the second detection module 82, the network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source; and the second detection module 82 detects the location When the synchronization information is described, the synchronization reference used by the detection device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal is determined based on the synchronization information. That is, the processing module 83 determines, according to whether the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, the network connection status of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source; and if the second detection module detects 82 to the synchronization information, the processing module 83 determines, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the detection device itself to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal.
在实施中,处理模块83具体用于:In an implementation, the processing module 83 is specifically configured to:
若第二检测模块82检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若第二检测模块82检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若第二检测模块82检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为所述发送设备自身;或者,If the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
若第二检测模块82检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除所述发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,If the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or ,
若第二检测模块82检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,If the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed the set threshold; or
若第二检测模块82没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者, If the second detection module 82 does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
若第二检测模块82没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。If the second detection module 82 does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds a set threshold.
在实施中,处理模块83还用于在所述第二检测模块82检测到所述同步信息之后,获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;处理模块83获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, the processing module 83 is further configured to: after the second detection module 82 detects the synchronization information, acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel; the processing module 83 acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including :
根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。即处理模块83根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,处理模块83根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,处理模块83根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息。Determining the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; wherein the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, N Is a positive integer. That is, the processing module 83 determines the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the processing module 83 uses the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel according to the information of the reference synchronization source. Corresponding relationship, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined; or the processing module 83 determines, according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, Synchronization information.
在实施中,优选的,处理模块83获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, the processing module 83 obtains synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
通过第二检测模块82检测到的所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining, by using the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the second detection module 82, the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel; or
通过第二检测模块82检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining, by using the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the second detection module 82, the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel; or
通过第二检测模块82检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。Obtaining the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining Nk bits in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the second detection module 82; wherein the information length of the synchronization channel is carried N bits, N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号; a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
下面结合优选的硬件结构,对本申请实施例提供的用户设备的结构、处理方式进行说明。The structure and processing manner of the user equipment provided by the embodiment of the present application are described below in conjunction with the preferred hardware structure.
参见图9所示,该用户设备包括收发信机91、以及与该收发信机91连接的至少一个处理器92,其中:Referring to Figure 9, the user equipment includes a transceiver 91, and at least one processor 92 coupled to the transceiver 91, wherein:
一、若该用户设备为同步信息的发送装置;1. If the user equipment is a sending device for synchronization information;
收发信机91被配置用于发送同步信号;The transceiver 91 is configured to transmit a synchronization signal;
处理器92被配置用于根据用户设备自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,在确定在同步信道上发送同步信息时,根据用户设备自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息,并触发收发信机91在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。即处理器92根据用户设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,若确定在同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据用户设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在同步信道中发送的同步信息,并触发收发信机91在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。The processor 92 is configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the user equipment itself and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, when determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel Determining, according to the network connection status of the user equipment itself and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and triggering the transceiver 91 to transmit the determined information on the agreed physical resource through the synchronization channel. Synchronization information. That is, the processor 92 determines whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, and if it is determined to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, according to the user equipment. The network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source determines synchronization information that needs to be transmitted in the synchronization channel, and triggers the transceiver 91 to transmit the determined synchronization information over the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource.
在实施中,处理器92被配置具体用于:In implementation, processor 92 is configured to:
所述用户设备当前位于网络连接内且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备时,确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备 时,确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为用户设备自身时,确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为除用户设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS时,确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值时,确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源不是用户设备自身时,确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值时,确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。即若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接内且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则处理器92确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则处理器92确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为用户设备自身,则处理器92确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为除用户设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS,则处理器92确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则处理器92确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源不是用户设备自身,则处理器92确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,若所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则处理器92确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。 When the user equipment is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the network side device, it is determined that the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection. And the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device. Determining that the synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, when the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the user equipment itself, determining that the synchronization signal corresponds to The synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel; or the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a user equipment other than the user equipment itself or GPS, determining that the synchronization signal corresponds to Synchronizing information is sent on the synchronization channel; or, when the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment does not exceed the set threshold, it is determined that the synchronization signal corresponds to The synchronization information is sent on the synchronization channel; or the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is not the user equipment itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or The current rotation of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment When the number exceeds a set threshold, the synchronization channel is determined not to send the synchronization signal corresponding to the synchronization information. That is, if the user equipment is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the network side device, the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user If the device is located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the network side device, the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located in the network connection And the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the user equipment itself, the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the user The reference synchronization source of the device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the user equipment itself, and the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection And the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment does not exceed the set a value, the processor 92 determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is not the user equipment itself, the processor Determining not to transmit synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or, if the current number of times of synchronization of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment exceeds a set threshold, the processor 92 determines that the synchronization is not The synchronization information is transmitted on the synchronization channel corresponding to the signal.
在实施中,处理器92被配置具体用于:In implementation, processor 92 is configured to:
根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;其中,所述同步信息的比特数为N,N为正整数。即处理器92被配置具体用于:根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。Determining, according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; wherein the number of bits of the synchronization information is N, N is A positive integer. That is, the processor 92 is configured to: determine, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; or, according to the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization channel Corresponding relationship of the synchronization information, determining synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel; or determining, according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, determining the synchronization Synchronization information sent in the channel.
在实施中,优选的,处理器92被配置具体用于:In an implementation, preferably, the processor 92 is configured to:
通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。And indicating, by using synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the last Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or, by using synchronization of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel Information indicating the meaning of the synchronization information of the first Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel; or indicating the remaining Nk bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel The meaning of the synchronization information; wherein the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, and N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
在实施中,若所述发送设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,处理器92还被配置用于:In an implementation, if the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the sending device is less than N, the processor 92 is further configured to:
在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。Zeroing is performed after the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息; Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
二、若该用户设备为同步信息的检测装置,则:2. If the user equipment is a detection device for synchronization information, then:
收发信机91被配置用于检测同步信号;在检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;The transceiver 91 is configured to detect a synchronization signal; after detecting the synchronization signal, detecting synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
处理器92被配置用于根据收发信机91是否检测到同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;在收发信机91检测到所述同步信息时,根据所述同步信息确定用户设备自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考;即若收发信机91检测到所述同步信息,则处理器92根据所述同步信息确定用户设备自身发送或接收设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。The processor 92 is configured to determine, according to whether the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information, the network connection status of the transmitting device transmitting the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source; when the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information Determining, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the user equipment to transmit or receive the device to the device D2D signal; that is, if the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information, the processor 92 determines the user equipment according to the synchronization information. The synchronization reference used by the device to send or receive the device to the device D2D signal.
在实施中,处理器92根据是否检测到同步信息,确定所述发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,包括:In an implementation, the processor 92 determines, according to whether the synchronization information is detected, the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
检测到所述同步信息时,确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,检测到所述同步信息时,确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,检测到所述同步信息时,确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为发送设备自身;或者,检测到所述同步信息时,确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,检测到所述同步信息时,确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,没有检测到所述同步信息时,确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络 连接外;或者,没有检测到所述同步信息时,确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。即,若所述收发信机91检测到所述同步信息,则处理器92确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,若所述收发信机91检测到所述同步信息,则处理器92确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,若所述收发信机91检测到所述同步信息,则处理器92确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为所述发送设备自身;或者,若所述收发信机91检测到所述同步信息,则处理器92确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除所述发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,若所述收发信机91检测到所述同步信息,则处理器92确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,若所述收发信机91没有检测到所述同步信息,则处理器92确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者,若所述收发信机91没有检测到所述同步信息,则处理器92确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。When the synchronization information is detected, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or, when the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located in the network And the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or, when the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; Or, when the synchronization information is detected, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself; or detecting the synchronization Determining, when the information is not in the network connection, the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device does not exceed a set threshold; or, when the synchronization information is not detected, determining the The reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is not the transmitting device and the transmitting device is located in the network Alternatively, when the synchronization information is not detected, it is determined that the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds a set threshold. That is, if the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information, the processor 92 determines that the sending device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; The processor 91 detects the synchronization information, and the processor 92 determines that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or if the transceiver 91 detects the location Referring to the synchronization information, the processor 92 determines that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the transmitting device itself; or, if the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information, The processor 92 determines that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or if the transceiver 91 detects The synchronization information, the processor 92 determines the current forwarding time of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection Not exceeding the set threshold; or, if the transceiver 91 does not detect the synchronization information, the processor 92 determines that the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device is not the transmitting device and the transmitting device is located in a network connection Alternatively, if the transceiver 91 does not detect the synchronization information, the processor 92 determines that the current number of times the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device exceeds the set threshold.
在实施中,所述处理器92还用于在所述收发信机91检测到所述同步信息之后,获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;其中,处理器92获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, the processor 92 is further configured to acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel after the transceiver 91 detects the synchronization information; wherein the processor 92 acquires synchronization on the synchronization channel. Information, including:
根据网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。即处理器92根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,处理器92根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,处理器92根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述 同步信道中携带的同步信息。Determining the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the network connection status and/or the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; wherein the number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, N Is a positive integer. That is, the processor 92 determines the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or the processor 92 determines the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel according to the information of the reference synchronization source. Corresponding relationship, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined; or the processor 92 determines the correspondence between the network connection state and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel. Synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel.
在实施中,优选的,处理器92获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:In an implementation, preferably, the processor 92 acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
通过检测到所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,通过检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。Obtaining the meaning of synchronization information of the last Nk bits of the synchronization channel by detecting synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel; or, by detecting the last k bits in the synchronization channel Synchronizing information, knowing the meaning of the synchronization information of the first Nk bits in the synchronization channel; or, by detecting the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel, learning the remaining Nk of the synchronization channels The meaning of the synchronization information of the bit; wherein the length of the information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。Preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
基于上述实施例提供的同步信息的发送方法和装置,本申请实施例提供了一种用户设备,该用户设备作为同步信息的发送装置或设备,如图10所示,该用户设备包括:收发信机101、处理器102、存储器103;还包括总线接口104和用户接口105;Based on the foregoing method and device for transmitting synchronization information, the embodiment of the present application provides a user equipment, which is used as a device or device for transmitting synchronization information. As shown in FIG. 10, the user equipment includes: Machine 101, processor 102, memory 103; further comprising a bus interface 104 and a user interface 105;
所述收发信机101,用于发送同步信号;The transceiver 101 is configured to send a synchronization signal;
所述处理器102,用于读取所述存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:根据用 户设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;以及若确定在所述同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据用户设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息;The processor 102 is configured to read a program in the memory, and execute the following process: Determining whether to transmit synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal, and determining whether to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source; a connection status and/or information of a reference synchronization source, determining synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel, and transmitting the determined synchronization information over the synchronization channel on an agreed physical resource;
存储器103,用于存储一个或多个可执行程序,被用于配置处理器。The memory 103 is configured to store one or more executable programs, which are used to configure the processor.
其中,在图10中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器102代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器103代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。收发信机101可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器102负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器103可以存储处理器102在执行操作时所使用的数据。总线接口104提供接口。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口105还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。In FIG. 10, the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 102 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 103. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. Transceiver 101 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The processor 102 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 103 can store data used by the processor 102 in performing operations. Bus interface 104 provides an interface. For different user equipments, the user interface 105 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
实施例中,优选的,所述处理器102具体用于:In an embodiment, preferably, the processor 102 is specifically configured to:
若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接内且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为用户设备自身,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the user equipment itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为除用户设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is another user equipment or GPS other than the user equipment itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or ,
若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源的同 步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the same If the current number of times of forwarding of the step signal does not exceed the set threshold, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源不是用户设备自身,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is not the user equipment itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
若所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。And if the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment exceeds a set threshold, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
实施例中,优选的,所述处理器102具体用于:In an embodiment, preferably, the processor 102 is specifically configured to:
根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;Determining synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to a correspondence between a network connection state and synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel;
根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;Determining synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to a correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel;
根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。The synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
实施例中,优选的,所述处理器102具体用于:In an embodiment, preferably, the processor 102 is specifically configured to:
通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,And indicating, by using synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the last N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,And indicating, by using synchronization information of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the first N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;And indicating, by using synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of remaining N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel;
其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。The number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, and N is a positive integer.
实施例中,优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述用户设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述用户设备的参考同步源的信息。In an embodiment, preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the user equipment and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the user equipment.
实施例中,优选的,所述处理器102还用于:In an embodiment, preferably, the processor 102 is further configured to:
若所述用户设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为 N。If the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the user equipment is less than N, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is padded with zeros, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述用户设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the user equipment is located;
所述用户设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the user equipment is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述用户设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the user equipment is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述用户设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the user equipment;
所述用户设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the user equipment;
所述用户设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the user equipment is located;
用于表示所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the user equipment;
所述用户设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is located;
所述用户设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the user equipment.
基于上述实施例提供的同步信息的检测方法和装置,本申请实施例提供了一种用户设备,如图11所示,该用户设备作为同步信息的检测装置或设备,该用户设备包括:收发信机111、处理器112、存储器113;还包括总线接口114和用户接口115;Based on the method and device for detecting synchronization information provided by the foregoing embodiments, the embodiment of the present application provides a user equipment, as shown in FIG. 11, the user equipment is used as a detection device or device for synchronization information, and the user equipment includes: The machine 111, the processor 112, the memory 113; further includes a bus interface 114 and a user interface 115;
所述收发信机111,用于检测同步信号;在检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;The transceiver 111 is configured to detect a synchronization signal, and after detecting the synchronization signal, detect synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
所述处理器112,用于读取所述存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:根据所述收发信机111是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;以及若所述收发信机111检测到所述同步信息,则根据所述同步信息确定该用户设备发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考;The processor 112 is configured to read a program in the memory, and perform the following process: determining, according to whether the transceiver 111 detects the synchronization information, determining a network connection status of a transmitting device that sends a synchronization signal, and/or Referring to the information of the synchronization source; and if the transceiver 111 detects the synchronization information, determining, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the user equipment to transmit or receive the device-to-device D2D signal;
存储器113,用于存储一个或多个可执行程序,被用于配置处理器。The memory 113 is configured to store one or more executable programs, which are used to configure the processor.
其中,在图11中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器112代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器113代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等 之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。收发机111可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器112负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器113可以存储处理器1102在执行操作时所使用的数据。总线接口114提供接口。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口115还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。Wherein, in FIG. 11, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 112 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 113. The bus architecture can also be used such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits. Various other circuits are linked together, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. Transceiver 111 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The processor 112 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 113 can store data used by the processor 1102 in performing operations. Bus interface 114 provides an interface. For different user equipments, the user interface 115 may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
实施例中,优选的,所述处理器112具体用于:In an embodiment, preferably, the processor 112 is specifically configured to:
若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为所述发送设备自身;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除所述发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or ,
若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed a set threshold; or
若所述收发信机没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者,If the transceiver does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
若所述收发信机没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。If the transceiver does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold.
实施例中,优选的,所述处理器112还用于:在所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息之后,获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;In an embodiment, the processor 112 is further configured to: after the transceiver detects the synchronization information, acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel;
其中,所述处理器获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:根据网络连 接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。The processor acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including: according to a network connection Determining the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the connection state and the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel; or determining the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel Synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel; or, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source information and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined; the information bits carried by the synchronization channel The number is N and N is a positive integer.
实施例中,优选的,所述处理器112具体用于:In an embodiment, preferably, the processor 112 is specifically configured to:
通过所述收发信机检测到的所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the transceiver; or
通过所述收发信机检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining, by the transceiver, synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel, and knowing the meaning of synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel; or
通过所述收发信机检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;Obtaining, by the transceiver, synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel, and knowing the meaning of synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel;
其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
实施例中,优选的,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。In an embodiment, preferably, the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
基于上述任一实施例,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:Based on any of the above embodiments, the synchronization information includes at least one of the following information:
所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。 The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Thus, the present application can take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment in combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
尽管已描述了本申请的优选实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本申请范围的所有变更和修改。While the preferred embodiment of the present application has been described, it will be apparent that those skilled in the art can make further changes and modifications to the embodiments. Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be interpreted as including the preferred embodiments and the modifications and
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要 求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made in the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Thus, if such modifications and variations of the application are claimed in the present application The present application is also intended to cover such modifications and variations within the scope of the invention.

Claims (39)

  1. 一种同步信息的发送方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A method for transmitting synchronization information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    发送设备发送同步信号;The transmitting device sends a synchronization signal;
    所述发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;Determining, by the sending device, whether to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to the network connection status of the synchronization signal and/or the information of the reference synchronization source;
    若所述发送设备确定在所述同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。And if the sending device determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, determining, according to its own network connection status and/or information of the reference synchronization source, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, and in the agreed physical The determined synchronization information is transmitted over the synchronization channel on the resource.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息,具体包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the transmitting device determines whether to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal according to its network connection status and/or information of a reference synchronization source, specifically including :
    若所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则所述发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,And if the sending device is currently located in a network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device, the sending device determines to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则所述发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device, the sending device determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为自身,则所述发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is itself, the sending device determines to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除自身之外的其他用户设备或全球定位系统GPS,则所述发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment other than itself or a global positioning system (GPS), the transmitting device determines the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. Send synchronization information; or,
    若所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则所述发送设备确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者, And if the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device does not exceed a set threshold, the sending device determines to send on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal. Synchronize information; or,
    若所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源不是自身,则所述发送设备确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not itself, the sending device determines that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则所述发送设备确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。And if the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold, the sending device determines that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the transmitting device determines, according to its own network connection status and/or information of a reference synchronization source, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel, including:
    所述发送设备根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,Determining, by the sending device, synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to a correspondence between a network connection state and synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or
    所述发送设备根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,Determining, by the sending device, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or
    所述发送设备根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。The transmitting device determines synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection state and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  4. 如权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送设备根据自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the transmitting device determines synchronization information to be transmitted in the synchronization channel according to its own network connection status and/or information of a reference synchronization source. include:
    所述发送设备通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
    所述发送设备通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
    所述发送设备通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;The sending device indicates the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel;
    其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同 步源的信息。The method according to claim 4, wherein the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or a reference of the transmitting device Step source information.
  6. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述发送设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,该方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein if the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the transmitting device is less than N, the method further comprises:
    所述发送设备在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。The sending device adds zeros to the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  7. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method of claim 1 wherein said synchronization information comprises at least one of the following:
    所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
    所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  8. 一种同步信息的检测方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A method for detecting synchronization information, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收设备检测同步信号;The receiving device detects the synchronization signal;
    所述接收设备检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;After detecting the synchronization signal, the receiving device detects synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
    所述接收设备根据是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送所述同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;Determining, by the receiving device, information about a network connection state of the transmitting device that sends the synchronization signal and/or a reference synchronization source according to whether the synchronization information is detected;
    若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则所述接收设备根据所述同步信息确定所述接收设备自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。And if the receiving device detects the synchronization information, the receiving device determines, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the receiving device to transmit or receive the device to device D2D signal.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收设备根据是否检测 到同步信息,确定所述发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,包括:The method of claim 8 wherein said receiving device detects whether To the synchronization information, determining the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, including:
    若所述接收设备检测到同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
    若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
    若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为所述发送设备自身;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
    若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除所述发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a user equipment or a GPS other than the sending device itself; or
    若所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,If the receiving device detects the synchronization information, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the transmitting device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed a set threshold; or
    若所述接收设备没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者,If the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
    若所述接收设备没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。And if the receiving device does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold.
  10. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收设备检测到所述同步信息之后,还包括:获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein after the receiving device detects the synchronization information, the method further includes: acquiring synchronization information on the synchronization channel;
    所述接收设备获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:The receiving device acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
    所述接收设备根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道上的同步信息;或者,The receiving device determines synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to a correspondence between a network connection state and synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or
    所述接收设备根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道上的同步信息;或者Determining, by the receiving device, synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to a correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or
    所述接收设备根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道上的同步信息。 The receiving device determines the synchronization information on the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收设备获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:The method of claim 10, wherein the receiving device acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
    所述接收设备通过检测到所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel by detecting the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel; or
    所述接收设备通过检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel by detecting the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel; or
    所述接收设备通过检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;The receiving device learns the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel by using the detected synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel;
    其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。The method according to claim 11, wherein the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection state of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  13. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method of claim 8 wherein said synchronization information comprises at least one of the following:
    所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
    所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  14. 一种同步信息的发送装置,其特征在于,该装置包括:A device for transmitting synchronization information, characterized in that the device comprises:
    发送模块,用于发送同步信号;a sending module, configured to send a synchronization signal;
    第一处理模块,用于根据所述发送装置自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同 步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;a first processing module, configured to: according to the network connection status and/or reference of the sending device itself Determining whether to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
    第二处理模块,用于若所述第一处理模块确定在所述同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据所述发送装置自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。a second processing module, configured to determine, according to the network connection status of the sending device and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, that the first processing module determines to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, The synchronization information transmitted in the synchronization channel is transmitted, and the determined synchronization information is transmitted through the synchronization channel on an agreed physical resource.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一处理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 14, wherein the first processing module is specifically configured to:
    若所述装置当前位于网络连接内且所述装置的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为所述发送装置自身,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is the transmitting device itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源为除所述发送装置自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is a user equipment or GPS other than the transmitting device itself, determining to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or ,
    若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device does not exceed the set threshold, determining to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述装置当前位于网络连接外且所述装置的参考同步源不是所述发送装置自身,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the device is not the transmitting device itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述装置的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。If the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the device exceeds the set threshold, it is determined that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  16. 如权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二处理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 14, wherein the second processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者, Determining synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to a correspondence between a network connection state and synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or
    根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;或者,Determining, according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel; or
    根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。The synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  17. 如权利要求14至16任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二处理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the second processing module is specifically configured to:
    通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,And indicating, by using synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the last N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
    通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,And indicating, by using synchronization information of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the first N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
    通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;And indicating, by using synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of remaining N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel;
    其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。The number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, and N is a positive integer.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein said k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection state of said transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of said transmitting device.
  19. 如权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二处理模块还用于:The device of claim 17, wherein the second processing module is further configured to:
    若所述发送设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,则在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。If the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the sending device is less than N, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is padded with zeros, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  20. 如权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:The apparatus of claim 14, wherein the synchronization information comprises at least one of the following information:
    所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息; Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
    所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  21. 一种同步信息的检测装置,其特征在于,该装置包括:A device for detecting synchronization information, characterized in that the device comprises:
    第一检测模块,用于检测同步信号;a first detecting module, configured to detect a synchronization signal;
    第二检测模块,用于在所述第一检测模块检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;a second detecting module, configured to: after the first detecting module detects the synchronization signal, detect synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
    处理模块,用于根据所述第二检测模块是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;以及若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则根据所述同步信息确定所述检测装置自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。a processing module, configured to determine, according to whether the second detection module detects the synchronization information, a network connection status of a sending device that sends a synchronization signal and/or information of a reference synchronization source; and if the second detection module detects The synchronization information determines, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the detection device itself to transmit or receive a device-to-device D2D signal.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The device of claim 21, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
    若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
    若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为所述发送设备自身;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
    若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除所述发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or,
    若所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者, If the second detection module detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed the set threshold; or
    若所述第二检测模块没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者,If the second detection module does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
    若所述第二检测模块没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。If the second detection module does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold.
  23. 如权利要求21或22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于在所述第二检测模块检测到所述同步信息之后,获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;The device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the processing module is further configured to: after the second detecting module detects the synchronization information, acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel;
    其中,所述处理模块获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:The processing module acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
    根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,Determining, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel; or
    根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,Determining the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or
    根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息。The synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the processing module acquires synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
    通过所述第二检测模块检测到的所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining, by using the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the second detection module, the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel; or
    通过所述第二检测模块检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining, by using the synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the second detection module, the meaning of the synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel; or
    通过所述第二检测模块检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;Obtaining, by using the synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the second detection module, the meaning of the synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel;
    其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。The apparatus according to claim 24, wherein said k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection state of said transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of said transmitting device.
  26. 如权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述同步信息包括以下信 息中的至少一种:The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein said synchronization information comprises the following letter At least one of the interest:
    所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
    所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
  27. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,至少包括:收发信机、处理器、存储器;A user equipment, comprising: at least: a transceiver, a processor, and a memory;
    所述收发信机,用于发送同步信号;The transceiver is configured to send a synchronization signal;
    所述处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:根据所述用户设备自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定是否在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;以及若确定在所述同步信道上发送同步信息,则根据所述用户设备自身的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息,并在约定的物理资源上通过所述同步信道发送所确定的同步信息。The processor is configured to read a program in the memory, and perform the following process: determining whether a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal is determined according to a network connection state of the user equipment itself and/or information of a reference synchronization source And transmitting the synchronization information; and if it is determined to send the synchronization information on the synchronization channel, determining, according to the network connection status of the user equipment and/or the information of the reference synchronization source, the synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel And transmitting the determined synchronization information over the synchronization channel on the agreed physical resource.
  28. 如权利要求27所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于:The user equipment according to claim 27, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接内且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located in the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is a network side device, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为所述用户设备自身,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息; 或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is the user equipment itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or,
    若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源为除所述用户设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is another user equipment or GPS other than the user equipment itself, determining to send synchronization information on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal ;or,
    若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值,则确定在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,Determining to send synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal if the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the current number of times of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment does not exceed a set threshold; or ,
    若所述用户设备当前位于网络连接外且所述用户设备的参考同步源不是所述用户设备自身,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息;或者,If the user equipment is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is not the user equipment itself, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal; or
    若所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值,则确定不在所述同步信号对应的同步信道上发送同步信息。And if the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the user equipment exceeds a set threshold, determining that the synchronization information is not sent on the synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal.
  29. 如权利要求27所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于:The user equipment according to claim 27, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;Determining synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to a correspondence between a network connection state and synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel;
    根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息;Determining synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel according to a correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel;
    根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定需要在所述同步信道中发送的同步信息。The synchronization information that needs to be sent in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  30. 如权利要求27至29任一项所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于:The user equipment according to any one of claims 27 to 29, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    通过所述同步信道中携带的前k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,And indicating, by using synchronization information of the first k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the last N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
    通过所述同步信道中携带的后k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,And indicating, by using synchronization information of the last k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of the first N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel; or
    通过所述同步信道中携带的中间k个比特的同步信息,指示所述同步信道中携带的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义; And indicating, by using synchronization information of the middle k bits carried in the synchronization channel, a meaning of synchronization information of remaining N-k bits carried in the synchronization channel;
    其中,所述同步信道承载的信息比特数为N,N为正整数。The number of information bits carried by the synchronization channel is N, and N is a positive integer.
  31. 如权利要求30所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述用户设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述用户设备的参考同步源的信息。The user equipment according to claim 30, wherein the k-bit synchronization information comprises information indicating a network connection status of the user equipment and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the user equipment.
  32. 如权利要求30所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The user equipment of claim 30, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    若所述用户设备确定的同步信息的比特数小于N,则在所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的后面补零,以使所述同步信道中携带的同步信息的比特数为N。If the number of bits of the synchronization information determined by the user equipment is less than N, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is padded with zeros, so that the number of bits of the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is N.
  33. 如权利要求27所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:The user equipment according to claim 27, wherein said synchronization information comprises at least one of the following information:
    所述用户设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the user equipment is located;
    所述用户设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the user equipment is located;
    所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
    用于表示所述用户设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the user equipment is located in a network connection;
    用于表示所述用户设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the user equipment;
    所述用户设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the user equipment;
    所述用户设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the user equipment is located;
    用于表示所述用户设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the user equipment;
    所述用户设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the user equipment is located;
    所述用户设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。The information carried by the synchronization channel sent by the reference synchronization source detected by the user equipment.
  34. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,至少包括:收发信机、处理器、存储器;A user equipment, comprising: at least: a transceiver, a processor, and a memory;
    所述收发信机,用于检测同步信号;以及在检测到同步信号后,检测所述同步信号对应的同步信道上的同步信息;The transceiver is configured to detect a synchronization signal; and after detecting the synchronization signal, detecting synchronization information on a synchronization channel corresponding to the synchronization signal;
    所述处理器,用于读取所述存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:根据所述收发信机是否检测到所述同步信息,确定发送同步信号的发送设备的网络连接状态和/或参考同步源的信息;以及若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息, 则根据所述同步信息确定所述用户设备自身发送或接收,设备到设备D2D信号所使用的同步参考。The processor is configured to read a program in the memory, and perform the following process: determining, according to whether the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining a network connection status and/or a reference synchronization of a sending device that sends a synchronization signal Source information; and if the transceiver detects the synchronization information, And determining, according to the synchronization information, a synchronization reference used by the user equipment to send or receive, the device to the device D2D signal.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于:The user equipment according to claim 34, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接内且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located in the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
    若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为网络侧设备;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, it is determined that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection, and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is a network side device; or
    若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为所述发送设备自身;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is the sending device itself; or
    若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源为除所述发送设备自身之外的其他用户设备或GPS;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the sending device is currently located outside the network connection and the reference synchronization source of the sending device is another user equipment or GPS other than the sending device itself; or ,
    若所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备当前位于网络连接外且所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数不超过设定的阈值;或者,If the transceiver detects the synchronization information, determining that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device that is currently located outside the network connection does not exceed a set threshold; or
    若所述收发信机没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源不是所述发送设备且所述发送设备位于网络连接外;或者,If the transceiver does not detect the synchronization information, determining that the reference synchronization source of the sending device is not the sending device and the sending device is located outside the network connection; or
    若所述收发信机没有检测到所述同步信息,则确定所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步信号的当前转发次数超过了设定的阈值。If the transceiver does not detect the synchronization information, it is determined that the current forwarding number of the synchronization signal of the reference synchronization source of the sending device exceeds a set threshold.
  36. 如权利要求34或35所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于在所述收发信机检测到所述同步信息之后,获取所述同步信道上的同步信息;The user equipment according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the processor is further configured to acquire synchronization information on the synchronization channel after the transceiver detects the synchronization information;
    其中,所述处理器获取所述同步信道上的同步信息,包括:The processor acquiring synchronization information on the synchronization channel, including:
    根据网络连接状态与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者,Determining, according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel, the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel; or
    根据参考同步源的信息与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息;或者, Determining the synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel according to the correspondence between the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel; or
    根据网络连接状态和参考同步源的信息,与同步信道携带的同步信息的对应关系,确定出所述同步信道中携带的同步信息。The synchronization information carried in the synchronization channel is determined according to the correspondence between the network connection status and the information of the reference synchronization source and the synchronization information carried by the synchronization channel.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器具体用于:The user equipment according to claim 36, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
    通过所述收发信机检测到的所述同步信道中的前k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道的后N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining the meaning of the synchronization information of the last N-k bits of the synchronization channel by using the synchronization information of the first k bits in the synchronization channel detected by the transceiver; or
    通过所述收发信机检测到的所述同步信道中的后k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的前N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;或者,Obtaining, by the transceiver, synchronization information of the last k bits in the synchronization channel, and knowing the meaning of synchronization information of the first N-k bits in the synchronization channel; or
    通过所述收发信机检测到的所述同步信道中的中间k个比特的同步信息,获知所述同步信道中的其余N-k个比特的同步信息的含义;Obtaining, by the transceiver, synchronization information of the middle k bits in the synchronization channel, and knowing the meaning of synchronization information of the remaining N-k bits in the synchronization channel;
    其中,所述同步信道承载的信息长度为N比特,N为正整数。The length of information carried by the synchronization channel is N bits, and N is a positive integer.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述k个比特的同步信息包括用于表示所述发送设备的网络连接状态的信息和/或所述发送设备的参考同步源的信息。The user equipment according to claim 37, wherein the k-bit synchronization information includes information indicating a network connection status of the transmitting device and/or information of a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device.
  39. 如权利要求34所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述同步信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:The user equipment according to claim 34, wherein said synchronization information comprises at least one of the following information:
    所述发送设备所在的服务小区的小区标识ID;a cell ID of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备所在服务小区的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the serving cell where the sending device is located;
    所述同步信道所在的无线帧和/或子帧编号;a radio frame and/or a subframe number in which the synchronization channel is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备是否位于网络连接内的指示信息;Instructing information indicating whether the transmitting device is located in a network connection;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源类型的指示信息;Instructing information indicating a reference synchronization source type of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备发送的同步信号的当前转发次数;The current number of times the synchronization signal is sent by the sending device;
    所述发送设备所在簇的D2D资源配置信息;D2D resource configuration information of the cluster where the sending device is located;
    用于表示所述发送设备的参考同步源的同步维持时间信息;Synchronization maintenance time information for indicating a reference synchronization source of the transmitting device;
    所述发送设备的参考同步源所在簇或所在小区的D2D资源配置信息;The D2D resource configuration information of the cluster or the cell in which the reference synchronization source of the sending device is located;
    所述发送设备检测到的参考同步源所发送的同步信道携带的信息。 The information carried by the synchronization device that is sent by the synchronization device and transmitted by the synchronization source.
PCT/CN2015/070391 2014-01-17 2015-01-09 Method for sending and detecting synchronisation information, and user device WO2015106654A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201410023553.9A CN104796368B (en) 2014-01-17 2014-01-17 A kind of transmission of synchronizing information, detection method and user equipment
CN201410023553.9 2014-01-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015106654A1 true WO2015106654A1 (en) 2015-07-23

Family

ID=53542397

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/070391 WO2015106654A1 (en) 2014-01-17 2015-01-09 Method for sending and detecting synchronisation information, and user device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104796368B (en)
WO (1) WO2015106654A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20180021867A (en) * 2015-08-10 2018-03-05 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 D2D synchronization method, user equipment, and serving cell

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107005958B (en) * 2015-09-24 2020-06-26 华为技术有限公司 Synchronization method, user equipment and base station
CN110352618B (en) * 2016-03-30 2022-03-04 夏普株式会社 Synchronization for vehicle (V2X) communication
CN107295625B (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-08-16 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of identification method and device of synchronous priority
WO2018133132A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 华为技术有限公司 Synchronization method and device
CN110149642B (en) * 2018-02-12 2021-12-10 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for sending relay node synchronization signal

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102625440A (en) * 2011-01-26 2012-08-01 Nxp股份有限公司 Syncronizing wireless devices
WO2013002206A1 (en) * 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Wireless communication method, wireless communication system and mobile stations
CN103108405A (en) * 2011-11-15 2013-05-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system of wireless communication
CN103108389A (en) * 2011-11-15 2013-05-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Communication method and communication system from device to device and user devices

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101123465B (en) * 2006-08-09 2012-07-04 上海贝尔阿尔卡特股份有限公司 Method and device for synchronization of network devices in wireless communication system
US8374163B2 (en) * 2007-11-09 2013-02-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Synchronization of wireless nodes
EP2628331B1 (en) * 2010-10-11 2018-01-24 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Method and apparatus for distributing synchronization infor-mation
CN103347246B (en) * 2013-07-18 2016-08-17 西安电子科技大学 Discovery method between proximal subscribers under embedded D2D environment in cellular network

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102625440A (en) * 2011-01-26 2012-08-01 Nxp股份有限公司 Syncronizing wireless devices
WO2013002206A1 (en) * 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Wireless communication method, wireless communication system and mobile stations
CN103108405A (en) * 2011-11-15 2013-05-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system of wireless communication
CN103108389A (en) * 2011-11-15 2013-05-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Communication method and communication system from device to device and user devices

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20180021867A (en) * 2015-08-10 2018-03-05 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 D2D synchronization method, user equipment, and serving cell
EP3310101A4 (en) * 2015-08-10 2018-07-04 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. D2d synchronization method, user equipment and serving cell
KR102062126B1 (en) 2015-08-10 2020-01-03 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 D2D synchronization method, user equipment, and serving cell
US10849083B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2020-11-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. D2D synchronization method, user equipment, and serving cell

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104796368A (en) 2015-07-22
CN104796368B (en) 2018-05-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI687061B (en) Method and apparatus for cross-link interference measurements in mobile communications
TWI589166B (en) Resource allocation and ue behavior for d2d synchronization signal transmission for inter-cell d2d discovery
WO2015106654A1 (en) Method for sending and detecting synchronisation information, and user device
US9826494B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting D2D signals
JP6585080B2 (en) UE autonomous radio resource configuration extension
EP3711365B1 (en) Information exchange for initial user equipment access
US9253698B2 (en) Inter-RAT mobility of in-device coexistence
JP6479853B2 (en) MeNB circuit, method, computer program, and storage medium
CN104822178B (en) Time deviation for dual link obtains
JP2018504804A5 (en)
US10327229B2 (en) Data reception method, data transmission method and data reception device for device-to-device communication
TWI812691B (en) A method, a network device, and a terminal device for transmitting a signal
WO2015165356A1 (en) Authentication information transmitting method and terminal
WO2015169208A1 (en) Synchronization processing method and user equipment
WO2016037542A1 (en) Device-to-device communication method and apparatus
WO2022068875A1 (en) Beam information indication method and apparatus, beam information acquisition method and apparatus, and terminal and network side device
EP3451771A1 (en) Resource determining method, related apparatus, and system
JP6615789B2 (en) Distributed inter-device synchronization
WO2019062621A1 (en) Duplication transmission method and device
JP7045449B2 (en) Efficient PLMN coding for 5G
WO2019137422A1 (en) Synchronization indication method and device
US20170325248A1 (en) Device
WO2015135431A1 (en) Method for selecting d2d transmission resource pool and d2d transmission ue
KR20150119929A (en) D2d discovery sequence detecting method and d2d data receiving method and device
WO2022068907A1 (en) Beam information indication method and apparatus, beam information acquisition method and apparatus, user equipment and network side device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15737662

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15737662

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1